DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation - Urmet

INDEX 

DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS 

DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR 

PHONE SYSTEMS: 

Installation Diagrams 

DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams 

http://www.urmetdomus.com 

e-mail:info@urmetdomus.it 

MT 101-014D (Rev. December 2006) 

I 

INDEX - DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS

INDEX - DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS 

II 

INDEX 


DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams

INDEX 


INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS Sec. 1 

(Index at the beginning of section) 

DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS 

4+N WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sec. 1A 


1+1 WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sec. 1B 


TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEMS Sec. 1C 


VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS 

COAX ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sec. 1D 


5-WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sec. 1E 


INSTRUCTIONS FOR INTERCHANGE OF VARIOUS POWER SUPPLIES 

AND MONITORS Sec. 1F 


EASIVOICE SYSTEM Sec. 2 



III 

INDEX - DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS

INDEX - DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS 

IV 

NUMERIC INDEX 

INDEX 


Diagram Code Sec. Pag. 

SC101-0249E.................................................................... 1a..........32 

SC101-0252D.................................................................... 1a..........22 

SC101-0289 I .................................................................... 1a..........28 

SC101-0440B.................................................................... 1c............ 4 

SC101-0441C.................................................................... 1c............ 6 

SC101-0461B.................................................................... 1c............ 8 

SC101-0482D.................................................................... 1a..........58 

SC101-0567E.................................................................... 1a..........54 

SC101-0578G ................................................................... 1a..........42 

SC101-0735D ................................................................... 1a..........60 

SC101-0791E ................................................................... 1a..........24 

SC101-0839D ................................................................... 1a..........44 

SC101-0844E ................................................................... 1a..........50 

SC101-0858C ................................................................... 1a............ 2 

SC101-0861D ................................................................... 1a..........36 

SC101-0863E ................................................................... 1a..........38 

SC101-0866G ................................................................... 1a..........52 

SC101-0932C ................................................................... 1b............ 4 

SC101-0937B ................................................................... 1b............ 8 

SC101-1070C ................................................................... 1a..........26 

SC101-1133C ................................................................... 1a............ 4 

SC101-1134E ................................................................... 1a..........56 

SC101-1135F.................................................................... 1b............ 2 

SC101-1209C ................................................................... 1a..........14 

SC101-1210B ................................................................... 1b............ 6 

SC101-1217C ................................................................... 1a..........10 

SC101-1218C ................................................................... 1b..........10 

SC101-1226B ................................................................... 1a..........30 

SC101-1240A ................................................................... 1a..........16 

SC101-1241B ................................................................... 1b..........12 

SC101-1243B ................................................................... 1a..........40 

SC101-1244A ................................................................... 1a..........48 

SC101-1247A ................................................................... 1c............ 2 

SC101-1248A ................................................................... 1a..........20 

SC101-1249A ................................................................... 1a..........46 

SC101-1259B ................................................................... 1a............ 3 

SC101-1269A ................................................................... 1b..........16 

SC101-1272A ................................................................... 1a..........34 

SC101-1273A ................................................................... 1a............ 6 

SC101-1280A ................................................................... 1a..........12 

SC101-1282A ................................................................... 1a..........18 

SC101-1284A ................................................................... 1a............ 8 

SC101-1327...................................................................... 1b..........14 

Diagram Code Sec. Pag. 

SV102-0782D.................................................................... 1d..........31 

SV102-1241D.................................................................... 1d..........36 

SV102-1349E .................................................................... 1d..........34 

SV102-1469D.................................................................... 1d..........30 

SV102-1470C.................................................................... 1e..........27 

SV102-1574C.................................................................... 1d..........30 

SV102-1609E .................................................................... 1d............ 6 

SV102-1710D.................................................................... 1e..........27 

SV102-1712F .................................................................... 1e..........26 

SV102-2066D.................................................................... 1d............ 8 

SV102-2081B.................................................................... 1e............ 5 

SV102-2082C.................................................................... 1e............ 4 

SV102-2132E .................................................................... 1d..........32 

SV102-2631E .................................................................... 1d............ 4 

SV102-2633H.................................................................... 1e............ 6 

SV102-2806F .................................................................... 1e..........14 

SV102-2892D.................................................................... 1d..........14 

SV102-2902G.................................................................... 1e............ 8 

SV102-2913B.................................................................... 1e..........10 

SV102-2934C.................................................................... 1d..........16 

SV102-2935E .................................................................... 1d..........22 

SV102-2970D.................................................................... 1d..........24 

SV102-2972D.................................................................... 1d..........26 

SV102-2978C.................................................................... 1e..........29 

SV102-3060B.................................................................... 1e..........18 

SV102-3063A.................................................................... 1d..........38 

SV102-3078B.................................................................... 1d..........18 

SV102-3079A.................................................................... 1d..........20 

SV102-3092D.................................................................... 1e..........12 

SV102-3094D.................................................................... 1e..........20 

SV102-3118C.................................................................... 1d..........10 

SV102-3119A.................................................................... 1d..........12 

SV102-3121C.................................................................... 1e..........16 

SV102-3122E .................................................................... 1e..........24 

SV102-3146D.................................................................... 1d............ 2 

SV102-3147B.................................................................... 1e............ 2 

SV102-3166C.................................................................... 1e..........22 

SV102-3219....................................................................... 1d..........46 

SV102-3220....................................................................... 1d..........48 

SV102-3227....................................................................... 1d..........42 

SV102-3228A.................................................................... 1d..........40 

SV102-3229B.................................................................... 1d..........53 

SV102-3235....................................................................... 1d..........44 

SV102-3238....................................................................... 1e..........27 

SV102-3239....................................................................... 1e..........26 

SV102-3240....................................................................... 1e..........27 

SV102-3257A.................................................................... 1d.......... 28 

SV102-3294....................................................................... 1d..........50 

SV102-3295....................................................................... 1d..........51 

SV102-3296A.................................................................... 1d..........52 



SECTION 1 

(REV.B) 

INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS 

Download from: 

www.urmetdomus.com 

Technical Manuals area 

sec.1 −−−− 1 

INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1 


2 −−−− sec.1 

SECTION 1 CONTENTS 

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM 

Sec. Pag. 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER .......................................................................................................................................................1 ................3 

Conductor cross-section.....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................3 

Wire laying..........................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................3 

Instruction for grounding or not of the electronic locks and push button panels.................................................................................1 ................4 

Door opener service ...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

Tv camera unit....................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

OPERATING ANOMALIES ....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

Background noise in outdoor station systems ....................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

Radio frequency picking .....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

Non-operation of the call to the loudspeaker......................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

Insuffi cient reception in outdoor station systems................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

Whistle or larsen effect .......................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

Intercoms............................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 

System check and possible failures outdoor station system control...................................................................................................1 ................5 

1- or 2-user basic video door phone system troubleshooting and solutions.......................................................................................1 ................5 

Reducing architectural barriers...........................................................................................................................................................1 ................5 

SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES ........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 

Door phone systems...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 

Video door phone systems .................................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 

CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 

Door phone systems...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 

Video door phone systems .................................................................................................................................................................1 ................7 

DIAGRAM NOTES 1 8 


INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER 

The products described in this technical manual must be used as 

expressly intended only, i.e. to build door phone and video door phone 

systems. 

Any other use must be considered inappropriate and, them, dangerous. 

The constructor can not be considered liable for casual damages due 

to inappropriate, wrong and irrational use. 

• The system must be built in compliance with the regulations in 

force. 

• Check that the device is intact after removing it from the packaging. 

(do not proceed with installation in the event of faults); 

• Keep the packaging (plastic bags, polystyrene, etc.) away from 

children. Packaging is potentially dangerous. 

• Before connecting the set install an appropriate separation and 

protection switch. 

• Before connecting the set verify that the data label correspond to the 

mains ones. 

• Ensure that the conditions and data shown in the instruction booklets 

are respected for the entire life of the device; 

• Do not obstruct the openings or fessures for ventilation or heat 

elimination. 

• Before any cleaning or maintenance operation, disconnect the set 

by means of the system switch. 

• In case of failure and/or malfunctioning of the set disconnect it by 

means of the general switch and do not damage it. (To repair the set 

contact Urmet after sales services) 

• Do not open or tamper with the monitors: HIGH VOLTAGE live parts 

inside. 

• Avoiding knocking or dropping the device to avoid breaking the 

kinescope with consequent projection of glass fragments. 

If the above mentioned prescriptions are not followed, the set safety 

can be compromised. 

The installer must verify that the notices for user are present on the 

slave sets. 

CONDUCTOR CROSS-SECTION 

• Connection of traditional call door phone, 4+n wire electronic call 

door phone or coax video door phone systems: 

Conductor cross-section depends on the length of the connections 

and must be able to guarantee a total resistance of less than 5 Ohm 

on each. 

Distance [m] Cross-section [mm 2 ] 

Call and speech circuit 

50 0,5 

100 0,5 

200 0,8 

300 1,0 

Door release circuit 

50 0,5 

100 0,8 

200 1,0 

300 1,6 

Video circuit (°) 

50 0,8 

100 1,0 

200 1,6 

300 2,5 

(°) Data in the table refers to the camera and monitor power wires; a 

75Ω coax wire (e.g. RG59 U75Ω) is required for the video signal. 



INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER 

In the table, the maximum distance is to be interpreted as between the 

call station and the furthest door phone or video door phone. 

For longer distances: 

A) Suitably increase circuit wire cross-section area for voice and call 

circuit. 

B) Use of a back-up relay for operating door lock circuit is 

recommended. 

C) Installation of a video distributor Ref. 1794/4A is needed for the 

coax wire. 

In intercom systems it is advisable never to exceed 200 meters. 

• Connection of 1+1 wire electronic door phone or 5-wire video door 

phone systems. 

The system works correctly with a maximum total (forwards and 

backwards) line resistance of 12Ω. 

Use the following wire cross-section areas according to distance: 

Distance [m] Cross-section [mm 2 ] 

Call and speech circuit (terminals 1, 2, CA) 

50 0,35 

100 0,75 

200 1,0 

Video door phone power negative (terminal R1) 

50 0,75 

100 1,5 

200 2,5 

Video door phone power positive (terminal R2) 

50 0,5 

100 1,0 

200 2,0 

Video signal (terminals A, B) 

50 0,35 

100 0,35 

200 0,35 double 

Maximum length is between door unit (panel) and the most distant 

apartment station (door phone or video door phone). 

Up to two house phones can be connected in parallel. 

Note: in all sistem foresee the wires for push button panel lamps 

lighting with an adequate power transformer (for up to 2 lamps 

the system transformer can be used), as well as the wires for 

the electric lock opener next to the door. 

WIRE LAYING 

The wire laying of systems with different voltages is possible not only 

in separated conduits but also in the same conduit. In this case all the 

wires have an insulation suitable to the highest rated voltage. Wires 

of systems incompatible each others as power and telephones TV 

antenna, data transmission, must have different conduits and boxes. 

By using external conduits it is possible to fail to observe this rule, on 

the condition that the incompatible systems are separated by means of 

a diaphragm. The internal diameter of the conduits has to be at least 

1.3 times the diameter of the circle circumscribed to the wire group that 

the conduits have to include, with a minimum of 10 mm. 

Never use telephone cables; false calls may occur in installations with 

long lines due to problems of cross-talk. 

sec.1 −−−− 3 



INSTRUCTION FOR GROUNDING OR NOT OF THE 

ELECTRONIC LOCKS AND PUSH BUTTON PANELS 

According the IEC 64-8/4 Rule Point 411-1.2.4, the electronic device 

for which measures have been adopted to guarantee that in case of 

internal failure, the output terminal voltage cannot exceed the indicated 

values (50 Vac and, 120 Vdc not inverted) are source SELV type (ex 

BTS). 

It is the case of the Urmet door phone power supplies for bar mounting 

that have a double insulation and that is belonging to class II (identifi ed 

by the double square symbol) and that are conforming to IEC 12/13 

Rules. 

The active parts of the powered circuits (electric locks and push button 

panels) absolutely have not to be grounded (point 411.1.4.1). Only 

for information, the power supplies that do not belong to class II but 

to class I and, therefore, have not a double or intensifi ed insulation, 

belong to FELV class (ex BTF). In this case both the power supplies 

and the active parts of the fed circuits have to be grounded. 

DOOR OPENER SERVICE 

Most apartment stations are equipped with door opener button to 

operate one or more electrical locks. 

It is not recommended to act on two different locks with the same 

button, since the excessive power absorbed by the door opener service 

might damage the power supply. In this case it is advisable to use 

house phones equipped with an additional button to open the second 

lock, or else to use relay switches for servocontrol of the second lock. 

TV CAMERA UNIT 

To obtain the best reproduction never direct the TV camera towards 

strong light sources (i.e. sun, lamps, fl ashes, fl ames or refl ections). 

Normal lighting is supplied by the infrared LEDs included in the TV 

camera unit. In case it is necessary the additional lamp lighting up for 

the outdoor vision (in particular with separated TV camera solution) 

insert a proper relay 788/5 or 788/52 by connecting to the video power 

supply. 

The contacts will close the circuit of the lamps fed with an external 

voltage. 

OPERATING ANOMALIES 

BACKGROUND NOISE IN OUTDOOR STATION 

SYSTEMS 

If, during a conversation a background noise or a rather strong buzzing 

are heard, it is necessary to check the power supply and the absence 

of failures in the components 

One of the causes for the irregular functioning of the system is the 12V 

a.c. voltage pick up (for push button panel lamps lighting) from the “-“ 

terminal of the loudspeaking unit, rather than from the power supply 

output. 

In fact, by this mistake, when lamps light up there is a voltage drop 

in the common wire between power supply and outdoor station that 

gives - on its turn - the above mentioned background noises during the 

conversation. 

Another cause of buzzing depends by long lines systems. The wire 9, 

that closes on the terminal –12 through the electric lock coil, induce 

the alternated current in the column. To verify disconnect a wire 

from electric lock, if the buzzing disappears the cause is located. To 

eliminate it control the lock by means of a auxiliary relay connected as 

per following scheme: 



ELECTRIC LOCK 

RADIO FREQUENCY PICKING 

Some times a radio broadcast program can be heard in the door 

phone handset; this happens when the outdoor station is next to the 

radio repeater station. By connecting, between terminals “+” and “2” 

of the loudspeaking unit a 100 nF capacitor, the inconvenience will be 

overcome. 

NON-OPERATION OF THE CALL TO THE 

LOUDSPEAKER 

Check the power supply generates the call sound, by inserting a 45 

Ohms loudspeaker between terminals “PS” and “~0” of the power 

supply. 

Replace the power unit in the event of a failure. 

INSUFFICIENT RECEPTION IN OUTDOOR STATION 


The following cases may occur: 

1) Insuffi cient reception at both outdoor and indoor stations. 

In this case it is necessary to verify that power supply voltage 

is not lower than 5,7V d.c. If feeding is normal, the insuffi cient 

reception is caused, in most cases, by a door phone that remains 

permanently inserted since, if the handset is unhooked, the hook 

contacts do not disconnect it from the system and therefore the 

house phones operate as if they were connected in parallel. 

2) Insuffi cient reception at outdoor station only. 

If this occurs only when the outdoor station is in connection with a 

certain door phone, the defect can be easily eliminated by acting 

on the door phone. If, on the contrary, the reception is weak, 

independently from the door phone connected to the loudspeaking 

unit, the defect is to be found in the loudspeaking unit itself; 

therefore it will be necessary to fi rst check that there have been 

no wire inversions in the connection to terminals “1” and “2” or 

inversions of “+” and “-“ polarities. 

3) Insuffi cient reception at indoor station only. 

Adjust the loudspeaking unit potentiometer by increasing the 

volume EXT. 

WHISTLE OR LARSEN EFFECT 

Should the system present a “whistle” due to Larsen effect, duly adjust 

the two volume potentiometers of the loudspeaking unit reducing 

the higher yield channel (INT or EXT). A better result is obtained by 

acting on the internal volume. 

INTERCOMS 

Lock 

operation 

One of the most common connection mistakes in an intercom system 

causes the following defect: during test operations the handset gives a 

background noise and no conversation can take place. 

This is due to a wrong connection on the power supply negative 

terminal. 

4 −−−− sec.1 DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams 

RELAY 

HOUSE PHONE 

POWER SUPPLY 

From the lock releases 

of the 

house-phones

The power supplies have two negative outputs: “-” and “-J”. The latter 

has a series impedance. If, during the installation, a connection is 

made on the fi rst output instead of on the second “-J”, the system will 

not work since the impedance function is missing. 

SYSTEM CHECK AND POSSIBLE FAILURES 

OUTDOOR STATION SYSTEM CONTROL 

1) Check that voltage between (+) and (-) terminals is of 6V. If voltage 

is normal, there should not be: 

a) Any badly connected door phone. 

b) Any door phone with permanently unhooked handset. 

To make sure that all house phones are properly connected, it is 

necessary to measure if between “+” and “1A” and “2” terminals 

voltage is present. 

Under normal conditions, there should be no voltage. If, on the 

contrary, voltage is present, it means that in one or more house 

phones both the microphone and the receiver are permanently 

inserted. 

2) Disconnect “+”, “1A” and “2” terminals wires from the loudspeaking 

unit and measure with the ohmmeter between wires 1A and 2: 

• If the result is infi nite the system is in order. 

• If there is a resistance of about 100 Ohms, some door phone is 

always connected. 

• If the result is 0 Ohms, wire 1A and 2 are in short circuit. 

To verify the effi ciency of the loudspeaking unit, wires 1A and 

2 coming from the installation, must be disconnected and a 

provisional connection must be made on a perfectly working 

door phone; if the conversation is audible, the fault will have to 

be found somewhere else. To locate faults it is necessary to proceed 

upwards on the cable conduit. 

1- OR 2-USER BASIC VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM 

TROUBLESHOOTING AND SOLUTIONS 

1) No conversation can be established with the door unit: the call 

tone is heard on the monitor but the monitor does not light up. 

Short-circuit between output terminals: the power unit protection 

has tripped; disconnect power (230 Vac) and carefully check the 

system wiring again. 

2) No conversation can be established with the door unit: no call tone 

is heard on the monitor and the monitor does not light up. Check: 

• Connection between panel button and monitor CA terminal. 

• Connection between power unit terminal PS and panel button 

common. 

• No short-circuit on power unit “PS” terminal. 

3) A conversation can be established with the door unit: the call tone 

is heard on the monitor but the monitor does not light up. 

Check: 

• Presence of voltage (18-20 Vdc) between monitor terminals 

“R2” (+) and “R1” (-). 

4) A conversation can be established with the door unit: the call tone 

is heard on the monitor, the monitor does not light up but the 

screen is blank. 

Check: 

• Presence of voltage (16-18Vdc) between camera terminals 

“+TC” “R1”. 

• Possible coax interruption or short-circuit. 

5) No conversation can be established with the door unit: the call 

tone is heard on the video door phone and the camera picture 

appears. 

Check: 

• Presence of voltage (6Vdc) between door unit terminals “+6” 

and “-6”. 

6) The system works correctly but the door lock cannot be released. 

Check: 

• Continuity between video door phone “9” and video power unit 

“AP” terminals. 

All diagrams in this volume can be downloaded from the web site at 

www.urmetdomus.com, technical diagram area. 




REDUCING ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS 

In buildings intended for social activities, such as schools, hospitals, 

health care centres, cultural centres, etc., and in all other buildings 

where technical precautions are needed to ensure accessibility by 

disabled persons, the door phone and video door phone systems must 

be installed so to be conveniently used by everyone. 

Specifi cally, avoid installing apartment stations in diffi cult to reach 

points. Install so that the distance between the fl oor and the upper part 

of the microphone is 100cm. 

The panel outside the building must be installed as close as possible 

to the height of a wheelchair user’s face: the recommended height is 

from 115 to 125cm from the fl oor. 

100 cm 

115 ÷ 125 cm 

sec.1 −−−− 5 



SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES 


Door phone systems functions include conversation, calling and door 

opening in a normal electrical system. 

The following devices are needed to make a basic door phone 

system: 

• Panel with buttons and door unit. 

• Apartment station door phones. 

• Door phone system power unit. 

Door phone systems are split into two families according to the number 

of wires needed to make the system. 


Urmet Domus video door phone systems ensure a high level of user 

safety; visitors can be recognised at the door (of a detached house, 

a semi-detached house or a block of fl ats) thanks to the picture which 

appears on the monitor located inside. 

The following devices are needed to make a basic video door phone 

system: 

• Panel with buttons, door unit and camera. 

• Apartment station video door phones. 

• Video door phone system power unit. 

Either black and white or colour video door phone systems are 

available using specifi c monitors and camera. 

Video door phone installation is simple and quick thanks to the use 

of specifi c brackets with terminal boards onto which the monitor is 

fastened. 

Two system types are available: coax and 5 wires. 

CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM 


“4+n” wire systems 

This type of system employs 4 wires (2 for voice in and out, 1 for door 

phone power ground and 1 for operating the electrical lock) plus one 

call wire. 

The system may implement either traditional or electronic call tone 

options. 

Door phones with different designs and colour are available for 4+n 

wire electronic call systems. 

The call tone is sent directly to the speaker used for normal 

communication with the door unit. The tone is a modulated two-tone 

note (1200 and 750Hz) in this case. 

Door phones with special functions can be used (privacy indicator and 

door monitoring LED, voice circuit on button, additional buttons directly 

on the door phone top). Various accessories are also available (threetone 

gong, call volume adjustment kit, etc.). 

Various doors phones can be connected one to the each other in 

addition to the door unit for making intercom systems. 


SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES - CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM 

Traditional call systems are suitable for making new systems with call 

signal to a dedicated buzzer fi tted inside the door phone. 

This type of door phone is suitable for replacing 1030, 930 and 

730 model door phone in existing systems and for making intercom 

systems. 

“1+1” wire systems 

“1+1” wires systems are available with electronic call option only. 

These systems are characterised by simple wiring with only 2 wires for 

each user. 

They are suitable for making new installations and are most appreciated 

for use in old buildings to replace an existing call only system (button 

and bell). The existing service can be transformed into a door phone 

system without adding wires to the column or in the apartments. 

In this systems, only the called door phone can pick up the conversation 

with the visitor (no other users can cut into the call in progress) and 

open the electrical door lock. 

Existing call only system 

KEY 

A: Door phone 

B: Power unit 

C: Panel 

D: Electrical lock 


A 

A 

E 

E 

B 

F 

F 

B 

C 

D 

G 

G 

C 

D 

KEY 

B: 12V transformer 

C: Panel 


E: Lock release button 

F: Apartment ringer 

G: Floor call button

“1+1” wire door phone system 


Coax systems 

The construction of a coax video door phone system is similar to that 

of an electronic call “4+n” door phone system with the addition of video 

functions. The wires are the same as those shown for the door phone 

system with the addition of those needed to power the camera and the 

monitor, in addition to the coax cable for the video signal. 

This system offers countless possible confi gurations for both black and 

white and colour installations; it is particularly indicated when there is 

a long distance between the camera and the monitors. 

Apartment stations in coax systems can be connected one to another 

to make intercom systems. 

Apartment stations in coax systems can be complemented with a 

wide range of accessories (three-tone gong, Scaitel picture memory 

module, supplementary buzzer, etc.). 

Simple “4+n” door phones can be connected to the coax video door 

phone system for offering voice service only. 

A 

A 

A 

B 

D 

D 

D 

B 

F 

F 

A 

A 

C 

D 

G 

G 

KEY 

A: Door phone 

B: 12V transformer 

C: Panel 


F: Apartment ringer 

G: Floor call button 


TC 

A 

A 

A 

E 

C 


CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM 

KEY 

A: Apartment station 

B: Power unit 

C: Video door unit 

D: Video distribution 

E: Electrical lock 

“5 wire” systems 

These systems are particularly suitable for new installations and 

for transforming existing door phone systems into video door 

phone systems without addition other wires in the column and the 

apartments. 

Urmet Domus 5 wire video door phone systems (without coax) can be 

used to make video door phone systems with only 4 wires for powering 

the monitor and the video signal plus 1 wire for the call signal. 

The picture only appears on the called monitor. Conversation is private. 

Users must have been called to connect to the door unit. 

Simple “1+1” door phones can be connected to the 5 wire video door 

phone system for offering voice service only. 

Existing door phone system 

L 

L 

A 

5 wire video door phone system 

C 

F 

E 

G G 

G 

B 

H 

H 

KEY 

A: Door phone system 

power unit 

B: Video power unit 

C: Electrical lock 

D: Camera unit 

E: Door unit 

F: Panel 

G: Apartment station 

H: Video door phone 

distribution box 

I: Conversation 

privacy board 

L: Door phone 

G 

D 

TC 

C 

F 

E 

I 

sec.1 −−−− 7 



C1.002 - MINIMUM WIRE 

CROSS-SECTION AREAS 

Distance m 50 100 

Cross-section 

area sq.mm 

0,35 

0,75 

200 

Provide two wires for switching 

on the push-button panel light 

bulbs. Use a power transformer 

suitable to the number of light 

bulbs. The system transformer is 

sufficient for up to 2 bulbs 

(max 6 W). 

C1.004 - K-Steel models only: 

Remove the jumper 

a)... and ... 



Distance 

m 

Voice and 

call circuit 

sq.mm 

Door opening 

circuit 

sq.mm 

50 

0,8 

1 

0,5 0,5 0,8 1 

0,5 

100 

200 300 

- The indicated distance is between 

door unit and most distant door phone. 

- Lay the wires at a suitable distance 

from power lines (as far away as 

possible). 

1 


DIAGRAM NOTES 

1,6 

Use two wires for lighting the panel 

name tags if not included in the diagram. 

Use a separate transformer of suitable 

power. 

Transformer Ref.9000/230 is recommended 

for up to 15W- 

The system power unit is sufficient for 

up to 6W. 

C4.003 

Door phone Terminal equivalence: 

Ref.1132/1 T1 T2 T3 T4 

Ref.1133/1 T1 T2 T3 

Ref.1131/1 A B C D 

C4.004 - Use auxiliary relay 

Ref.788/21 or 788/52 for operating the 

lock in systems with long lines to 

avoid buzzing. 

The connection variant is: 

FROM 9 OF 

DOOR PHONES 

~12 

~0 

DOOR PHONE 

POWER SUPPLY 

C4.006 - Sinthesi models only: 

- Connected jumper ... to ... 


See instruction booklet provided with 

product for connecting terminals G/T, 

~0 and ~12 between modules. 

C4.008 - K-Steel models only: 

all connections are made with 

terminal boards. 



Distance 

Diameter mm 

Cross-section 

area sq.mm 


m 

2 

Door Lock 

Release 

C4.009 - Important: 

Use cord pairs. 

12~ 

S1 S3 

120 

0,5 

0,20 

Ref.788/52 

DEVICE 

RELAY 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

200 

0,65 

0,8 

300 

0,8 

1 

480 

1 

1,6 

C4.014 - Check that the diode respects 

the polarisation shown in the diagram. 

C4.015 - Repeater door phone call input 

connections. 

Call repeater 

Ref.1332/84 

Mod.1131 

Mod.Scaitel 

Mod. Atlantico 

“4+n” 

wire 

systems 

“1+1” 

wire 

systems 

“4+n” 

wire 

systems 

CA CA 2 7 

6 6 1 6 

K 

Mod.1130 

“1+1” 

wire 

systems


The call forwarded LEDs on all panels 

light up when a call is in progress 

from any station. 


The call forwarded LED of the secondary 

station in the column to which the call 

is directed lights up when a call from 

the main panel is in progress. 

C4.018 - K-Steel model door units only: 

connect terminals ~0 and ~12 for name 

tag lighting. 

C4.023 - Set the (TIME) trimmer on the 

device to minimum time. 

CU.009 - Provide two wires for 

switching on the push-button panel 

light bulbs. 

Use a power transformer suitable toe 

the number of light bulbs. 

Use of transformer Ref. 9000/230 is 

recommended for up to five bulbs 

(max 15 W). 

VD.002 - See the chapter "Demister 

power" in the chosen product manual 

for K-Steel camera modules only. 

VD.007 = Floor call button. 



DIAGRAM NOTES 

V5.001 - Wire cross-section area 

Maximum 

distance 

Wires 

R2 

CA 

A,B 

m 

R1 Sq.mm 

Sq.mm 

Sq.mm 

Sq.mm 

50 

0,75 

0,5 1,0 

0,35 

0,35 

100 

1,5 

0,50 

200 

2,5 

2,0 

0,75 

0,35 Double 

0,35 

wires 

The diagrams indicate the distance 

between the camera and most distant 

video door phone unit. 

Normal wires can be used for 

distances up to 100 metres. For 

higher distances (up to 200 metres) 

the wires A and B must be doubled. 

V5.002 - Use two wires for lighting the 

panel name tags if not included in the 

diagram. 


power. 

Transformer Ref.9000/230 is recommended 



up to 6W. 

V5.004 - On the last distributor, 

insert two 82 Ohm resistors (provided) 

between terminals R1-A and R1-B. 

V5.007 - MINIMUM WIRE 


From camera to video door phones 

Function 

Video power 

Video power 

Video signal 

Video signal 

~0 

100 

mmq 0,35 0,35 0,35 

mmq 0,35 0,35 0,35 

The diagrams indicate the distance 

between the camera and the 

video door phone unit. 

Normal wires can be used for 

distances up to 100 metres. For 

higher distances (up to 200 metres) 

the wires A and B must be doubled. 

Power 18V= 

Wires 

mmq 0,75 1,50 

mmq 0,75 1,50 

mmq 1,50 2,50 

mmq 1,50 2,50 

double 

wires 

Call C1-C2 mmq 0,35 0,5 0,75 

Auto power-on AI mmq 0,35 0,35 0,35 

Function 

Power 18V= 

R1 

R2 

From power unit to camera 

Power 12V~ 

Power 12V~ 

A 

B 

Wires 

~12 

+18 

R1 

m 

m 

50 

200 

mmq 0,5 0,75 1,5 

mmq 0,5 0,75 1,5 

50 

100 

V5.011 - Connect the wire for switch-on 

function. In this case, connect jumper 

between terminals X2 and R3. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

sec.1 −−−− 9 



VX.001 - To use video distributor 

output U5, remove the 75 Ohm resistor 

fitted on the printed circuit or 

remove jumper (if existing). 

VX.002 - The power unit can power 

up to 10 distributors. Use one 

local power unit Ref. 789/2 for 

each group of distributors (max. 

20) after exceeding this limit. 

VX.003 - MINIMUM WIRE 


Distance m 

Normal 

Wires Sq.mm 

Wires 

R1,R2,+TC Sq.mm 

COAXIAL 

CABLE 

75 Ohm 

50 100 200 300 

0,5 0,8 1 1,6 

0,8 1 1,6 2,5 

Use a normal coaxial wire 

for distances up to 300 m 

Add a video amplifier for 

longer distances. 

Provide two wires for switching on 

the push-button panel light bulbs. 

Use a separate transformer suitable 

to the number of light bulbs. 

(Transformer ref. 9000/230 is 

recommended for up to 5 bulbs). 

The system power unit is sufficient 

for up to 2 bulbs. 

VX.006 - See the instruction book 

provided with the product for fitting 

the accessory in the device. 

VX.007 - The cross-section area of the 

wires indicated with must be 

double. 

VX.008 - Connect the devices to a 

filter and power line protection 

device. 

Ref.1332/85 Ref.1332/86 

Protection Filter 

Neutral 

N 

Earth 

2 2 2 2 

L 

Phase 

1 1 1 1 

Mains ~ 

IN OUT 

IN OUT 

L 

N 

Utility 


DIAGRAM NOTES 

Line ~ 

VX.010 - No more than 20 monitors 

should be connected to each column; 

add video distributors to the 

camera output or other device if 

there are more devices. 

VX.011 - Close the coaxial wire on 

the last monitor in the riser with 

a 75 Ohm resistance between 

terminals V4 and V5. 

VX.012 - Relay Ref.788/5 or Ref.788/52 

is needed to prevent that a video door 

phone can be switched on while another 

device is working and interrupt vision. 

Connect the PS wire directly to the 

monitor X1 terminals if the relay is 

not fitted. 

VX.013 - Connect the switch-off 

circuit Ref. 5330/60 in the 

push-button panel and connect wire SN 

(brown) to the button common. Cut and 

isolate wire 1 (red). 

VX.014 - Dusk switch or similar device 

for switching lights on, where 

relevant. 

VX.015 - The power unit Ref.1090/850 

can power up to 4 devices. 

Use another power unit for each group 

of 4 devices if the system exceed 

this capacity. 

VX.016 - MINIME WIRE CROSS SECTION AREAS 

Distance 

Voice and 

call wires 

COAXIAL 

CABLE 

75 Ohm 


m 

mmq 

300 400 700 1000 

1,6 1,75 2,5 4 





The video amplifier must be installed 

near the monitor. 

Two BNC connectors are required for 

connecting the coax wire. Use a RG59 

(75Ohm) coax for a maximum distance 

of 300m. 

Use video amplifier Ref.1840/250 with 

RG11 wire for higher distances

VX.018 - Connect the following 

jumpers on the device: 

a) ..... with ..... 

b) ..... with ..... 

c) ..... with ..... 

VX.021 - Cut or remove the jumpers on 

the device(s): 

- ...-... 

- ...-... 

-...-... 

VX.023 - Terminal equivalence: 

- RT (Sentry+)= RD (Atlantico). 

VX.025 

EXAMPLE OF POWER CONNECTION WITH 

ATLANTICO VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

R1 R2 

R 

75 

R1 

RD 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

RD 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

VX.028 - For Ref. 5330/60 only: cut 

and isolate wire 1 (red) 

NOTE 1: The electrical lock is shown in the diagrams and 

must have the following features: 

12Vac - 15VA 

NOTE 2: The number of devices shown by an X must be 

evaluated according to the system type to be made. 


2 

1 


DIAGRAM NOTES 

VX.031 - On the device remove 

the jumper P1 which short circuit 

the diode 1N4700. In intercom system 

there is not necessary connect the 

diode. 

VX.032 - MINIME WIRE CROSS 

SECTION AREAS 

The section area and the voltage cable 

(12Vcc 12Vdc)lenght are in function 

of the camera intake. 

See the following table: 

Camera 

intake 

max 300mA 

Camera 

intake 

Cross section 

area(mmq) 

0,75 

1,5 

2,5 

4 

Cross section 

area(mmq) 

Distance 

(m) 

50 

100 

150 

240 

VX.033 - MINIME WIRE CROSS 

SECTION AREAS 

The section area and the voltage cable 

(12Vcc 12Vdc)lenght are in function 

of the camera intake. 

See the following table: 

max 500mA 

Distance 

(m) 

1 

50 

2,5 

125 

4 200 

VX.034 - MINIME WIRE CROSS SECTION AREAS 

Distance m 

Normal 

wires 

Call and 

button 

common 

wires 

Wires 

R1, R2, +TC 

COAXIAL 

CABLE 

75 Ohm 

mmq 

mmq 

mmq 

50 

100 

0,5 0,5 0,8 1 

VU.002 - Follow the instructions 

provided with the product for 

fitting the camera. 

200 300 

0,5 0,8 1 1,6 

0,5 0,5 0,8 1 





Use two wires for lighting the panel 

name tags if not included in the diagram. 


power. 

Transformer ref. 9000/230 is recommended 



up to 6W. 

sec.1 −−−− 11 



12 −−−− sec.1 DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams


SECTION 1A 

(REV.D) 

BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 4+N WIRE 





sec.1a−−−− 1 


BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1A 

SECTION 1A CONTENTS 


BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 4+N WIRE DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS 

Diagram Sec. Pag. 

CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT ................................................................SC101-0858C ..............1a ................2 

CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT ................................................................ SC101-1259B ..............1a ................3 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT 

Door phone with or without insertion key........................................................................................................SC101-1133C ..............1a ................4 

CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT 

Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel .................... SC101-1273A ..............1a ................6 


Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel. 

Floor call service with differentiated tone. 

Possibility of timing the door open.................................................................................................................. SC101-1284A ..............1a ................8 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS 

Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11 .................................................................SC101-1217C ..............1a ............. 10 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITS 

Differentiated calls from door units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15......................................... SC101-1280A ..............1a ............. 12 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS ............................................SC101-1209C ..............1a ............. 14 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION 

Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station. 

Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11 ................................................................. SC101-1240A ..............1a ............. 16 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN DOOR UNIT 

Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door units. 

Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15 ................................................................................................. SC101-1282A ..............1a ............. 18 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS 

Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker............................................................................................... SC101-1248A ..............1a ............. 20 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION 

Connection of the sound generator to call door phones from the fl oor using the same loudspeaker ............SC101-0252D ..............1a ............. 22 


Solution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the fl oor 

The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generator 

Those to the fl oor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54 ........................................................................... SC101-0791E ..............1a ............. 24 


Solution using additional differential fl oor call device Ref. 9854/53................................................................SC101-1070C ..............1a ............. 26 


Door phone “A” can open door during call from panel................................................................................... SC101-0289 II ..............1a ............. 28 


Door open light indicator. Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications ...................................... SC101-1226B ..............1a ............. 30 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES ............................................................... SC101-0249E ..............1a ............. 32 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES ............................................................... SC101-1272A ..............1a ............. 34 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES ...........................................SC101-0861D ..............1a ............. 36 

CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM ............................ SC101-0863E ..............1a ............. 38 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES 

WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION 

Single calls from outdoor station ................................................................................................................... SC101-1243B ..............1a ............. 40 



Parallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls...................................................................................SC101-0578G ..............1a ............. 42 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES 


Single calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls.....................................................................................SC101-0839D ..............1a ............. 44 



Single calls from outdoor station .................................................................................................................... SC101-1249A ..............1a ............. 46 

I −−−− sec.1a 






Parallel calls from outdoor station .................................................................................................................. SC101-1244A ..............1a ............. 48 


WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS 

Single calls from the push button panels........................................................................................................ SC101-0844E ..............1a ............. 50 



Parallel calls from the push button panels......................................................................................................SC101-0866G ..............1a ............. 52 

CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS 

TO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNIT 

Parallel calls from door unit. Differentiated calls............................................................................................. SC101-0567E ..............1a ............. 54 


Secrecy of conversation ................................................................................................................................. SC101-1134E ..............1a ............. 56 


Simultaneous opening of two electrical locks.................................................................................................SC101-0482D ..............1a ............. 58 

CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS 

FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEM 

Parallel calls from outdoor station 

Differentiated calls..........................................................................................................................................SC101-0735D ..............1a ............. 60 


sec.1a −−−− II 

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1A

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1A 



4+N DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS 

Number of main panels to be installed 

Number of secondary panels to be installed 

Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button 

Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several door phones in the apartmen 

Intercom function: users can communicate with each other 

Floor calls: users can be called from the outside of the apartment 

Differentiated call: the source of the call can be identified 

Timed electrical lock: the energising time of the lock can be controlled 

Use of devices with low number of DIN modules 

MUTE function: possibility of excluding the call tone 

Door open control: open door indicated by means of LED 

Conversation privacy: users can only talk and listen if called 

Operation of two locks at the same time 

Use of kits 

DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION DIAGRAM PAG 

√ √ CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT SC101-0858C 2 

√ √ CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT SC101-1259B 3 

√ 


Door phone with or without insertion key 

SC101-1133C 4 

√ √ √ 


Connection of the sound generator to call door phones from the floor using the same loudspeaker 


SC101-0252D 22 

√ √ √ 

Solution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the floor. 

The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generator. 

Those to the floor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54 

SC101-0791E 24 

1 

0 

K 

√ √ √ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ √ √ 

√ 

√ √ 

√ 

√ 

√ √ √ √ √ 

√ √ √ 

√ √ √ 

√ 

√ 

√ √ 

√ √ 

K = number of columns with panel 

III −−−− sec.1a 

√ 

√ 


Solution using additional differential floor call device Ref. 9854/53 

SC101-1070C 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS 

Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker 

SC101-1248A 


Door phone “A” can open door during call from panel 

SC101-0289 I 


Door open light indicator. Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications 


Secrecy of conversation 


Simultaneous opening of two electrical locks 


Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel 


Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel. 

Floor call service with differentiated tone. Possibility of timing the door open 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES WITH THE POSSIBILITY 

OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION 

Single calls from outdoor station 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONES 


Single calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls 



Parallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls 



Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11 


Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door units. 

Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15 

SC101-1226B 

SC101-1134E 

SC101-0482D 

SC101-1273A 

SC101-1284A 

SC101-1243B 

SC101-0839D 

SC101-0578G 

SC101-1240A 

SC101-1282A 


26 

20 

28 

30 

56 

58 

6 

8 

40 

44 

42 

16 

18


2 0 

4 0 

0 0 

N N 

N 1 



√ 

√ 





Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several door phones in the apartment 


√ √ √ 

√ 

Floor calls: users can be called from the outside of the apartment 

√ √ √ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ √ 

√ √ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

Differentiated call: the source of the call can be identified 

Timed electrical lock: the energising time of the lock can be controlled 

√ √ 

Use of devices with low number of DIN modules 

MUTE function: possibility of excluding the call tone 

Door open control: open door indicated by means of LED 

Conversation privacy: users can only talk and listen if called 

Operation of two locks at the same time 





SC101-1217C 10 

OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION. Single calls from outdoor station 


SC101-1249A 46 

Differentiated calls from door units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONES 


SC101-1280A 12 

Single calls from the push button panels 



SC101-0844E 50 

Parallel calls from the push button panels 


SC101-0866G 52 

OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION. Parallel calls from outdoor station SC101-1244A 48 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS SC101-1209C 14 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES SC101-0249E 32 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES SC101-1272A 34 

INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONES SC101-0861D 36 

CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 7/12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM 



SC101-0863E 38 

Parallel calls from door unit. Differentiated calls SC101-0567E 54 

CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF 

ANSWERING CALLS FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN 

ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEM 

Parallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls SC101-0735D 60 

NOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models. 

sec.1a −−−− IV 

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1A


BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS 

FUNCTION 

2 −−−− sec.1a 

5 

CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT 

Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic 

call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the 

called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and 

conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is suffi cient 

to press the proper push button. 

(*) 

(*) 

MAIN ~ 

5 

6 

8 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 69 

10 

POWER SUPPLY 

~ 

~ 

~0 

~12 

2 

Lock Release 

EQUIPMENT 

The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram 

SC101-0858C: 

“4+N” DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS 

N. X One-family kit (1 button) Ref. 1129/501 

consisting of: 

• Smyle panel 1 button with built-in door unit. 

• 1 Atlantico door phone (with door opener button and 1 

additional button). 

• Power transformer: Ref. 9000/230 (230Vac-18VA, 3 DIN 

modules). 

or 

N. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) Ref. 1129/502 


• Smyle panel 2 buttons with built-in door unit. 

• 2 Atlantico door phones (with door opener button and 1 

additional button). 

• Power transformer: Ref. 9000/230 (230Vac-18VA, 3 DIN 

modules). 

DIAGRAM NOTES 

(see section 1) 

C4.001 

(*) door phone included in two-family kit only 

PS 

1A 

2 

1 

-/~ 

~ 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-0858C 


FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT 






(*) 

(*) 

5 

POWER SUPPLY 

T1 

T1 

-J 

-6 

+6 

~0 


5 

6 

8 

PS 

~ 

~ 

~12 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 9 

T1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 9 

T1 

G/T 

2 

MAIN ~ 

Lock Release 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1259B: 

“4+N” DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS 

N. 1 One-family kit (1 button) Ref. 1133/301 


• Sinthesi door unit module with 1 call button Ref. 1145/21 

• Door unit Ref. 1145/500 

• 1 Atlantico door phone Ref. 1133/1 

• 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref 1145/51 

• Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61 

• Power unit 230Vac-28VA, 3 DIN modules Ref. 786/11 

or 

N. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) Ref. 1133/302 


• Sinthesi door unit module with 2 call buttons Ref. 1145/22 

• Door unit Ref. 1145/500 

• 2 Atlantico door phones Ref. 1133/1 

• 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref 1145/51 


• Power unit 230Vac-28VA, 3 DIN modules Ref. 786/11 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

(*) door phone included in two-family kit only 

MODULE FOR DOOR UNIT 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

~0 

~12 

Posto 

Esterno 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-1259B 

sec. 1a −−−− 3 





FUNCTION 

4 −−−− sec.1a 








5 

5 

4+(n-2) 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

9+n 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1133C: 

DOOR PHONE REFERENCES 

N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 

or 

N. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133 

or 

N. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico 

wiht insertion key White colour Ref. 1133/10 

POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES 

N. 1 Power supply for 

door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11 

OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES 

Sinthesi model 

N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14 

N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22 

N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500 

or 

The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with 

module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted 

versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and 

Videodoorphone system - product technical manual. 

K-Steel model 

N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A 

N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A 

or 



versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section 

of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical 

manual. 

725 model 

N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725 


or 

For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels 

with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of 

Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical 

manual. 

1128 model 

N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21 

N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500 

N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11 

N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 

For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel 

Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - 

product technical manual. 


POWER SUPPLY 

FOR DOOR 

PHONE SYSTEM 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.004 

C4.006 

Sinthesi models only: 

Connect jumper L with G/T. 

C4.007 C4.008 

PS 

-J 

~0 

-6 

+6 

~12 



~ 

~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

MAIN ~ 

TO THE FOLLOWING 


(C4.004) 


(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

SC101-1133C 

sec.1a−−−− 5 





FUNCTION 

By pressing U1 or U2 on the panel inside the building, a two-tone 

electronic call is sent to the speaker or door phone A or door phone B, 

respectively. 

By pressing U3 on the panel, door phones C-D-E-F are all called at the 

same time. 

Lift the handset of the called door phones to establish a conversation 

with the door unit. Simply press the corresponding button to release 

the electrical door lock. 

F 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

6 −−−− sec.1a 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

7 


Door phones A and B are called individually 

while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel 

12 

PARALLEL CALLS 

SINGLE CALLS 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1273A: 


N. 6 Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 

or 

N. 6 Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133 






N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1145/13 

N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20 


or 





K-Steel model 

N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1155/13A 

N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20 

or 





manual. 

725 model 

N. 1 Panel with 3 buttons Ref. 1155/13A 


or 

1128 model 



N. 3 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 

N. 3 Blank module (*) Ref. 1128/30-/31 

(*) for small button installation only 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.004 

C4.006 



C4.008 


F 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MAIN~ 

POWER SUPPLY 

FOR HOUSE 




Door phones A and B are called individually 

while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

~ 

~ 

PS 

~0 

-J 

-6 

+6 

~12 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

(C4.004) 


SINGLE CALLS 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

(C4.008) 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

Name tag 

lighting 

SC101-1273A 

sec.1a−−−− 7 





FUNCTION 

F 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

8 −−−− sec.1a 


Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called 

in parallel. Floor call service with differentiated tone. 

Possibility of timing the door open 

By pressing U1 or U2 on the panel inside the building, a two-tone 

electronic call is sent to the speaker or door phone A or door phone B, 

respectively. 

By pressing U3 on the panel, door phones C-D-E-F are all called at the 

same time. 

Lift the handset of the called door phones to establish a conversation 

with the door unit. 

Each apartment is equipped with a fl oor call button which will operate 

the ringer with a differentiated call tone with respect to that of the door 

unit. 

Simply press the corresponding button to release the electrical door 

lock (operation can be timed). 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

6 

7 

8 

12 

PARALLEL CALL 

SINGLE CALLS 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1284A: 



or 










or 





K-Steel model 

N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1155/13A 


or 





manual. 

725 model 

N. 1 Panel with 3 buttons Ref. 1155/13A 


or 

1128 model 



N. 3 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 

N. 3 Blank module (*) Ref. 1128/30-/31 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.006 



C4.008 

VD.007 


F 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 


Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called 

in parallel. Floor call service with differentiated tone. 

Possibility of timing the door open 

POWER SUPPLY 

FOR HOUSE 


MAIN~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

(VD.007) 

(VD.007) 

(VD.007) 

(VD.007) 

(VD.007) 

(VD.007) 


CA 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

PS2 

AP 

PS 

SE2 

~0 

-J 

-6 

+6 

~ 

~ 

SE1 

~12 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 


SINGLE CALLS 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

(C4.008) 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

Name tag 

lighting 

SC101-1284A 

sec.1a−−−− 9 





FUNCTION 

10 −−−− sec.1a 



This type of installation solves the problem to connect a series of 

house phones of a building with 2 entrances each one equipped with 

a push button panel. 

This solution permits, by simply pushing a button from one of the 2 

push button panels, to connect automatically the user to the calling 

push button panels unhooking the handset. This type of installation 

does not allow to talk from both outdoor stations simultaneously, since 

they work alternatively. 

5 

5 

4+(n-2) 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

7+n 7+n 

2 2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1217C: 



or 


POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES 



N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51 






or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 

VX.014 



MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

(VX.014) 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 



(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

Name tag 

lighting 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

MAIN ~ 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

(C4.007) 

(C4.006) 

~ ~ PS 


L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

Lock 

Release 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES 

SN2 

8 

5 2 

SN1 

3 

1 

6 4 

12 

14 

9 

MAIN ~ 

10 

15 

13 

7 

C1C21 1 ~0 ~12 

+6 -6 ~0 ~12 

RELAY 

(C4.006) 

POWER SUPPLY 



Lock 

Release 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-1217C 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 11 





FUNCTION 

12 −−−− sec.1a 


Differentiated calls from door units. 


This type of system solves the problem of connecting a door phone 

column in a building with two entrances, each of which equipped with 

one panel and respective door unit. 

In this solution, a visitor can simply press a button on either of the 

two panels. The called door phone user can pick up the call and 

automatically connect to the calling panel. The other panel will be cut 

off. 

As a consequence, it is not possible in such as system to speak to two 

door units at the same time because either one or the other will be cut 

off. 

The user can recognise which door unit generated the call thanks to 

two different call tones. 

Simply press the corresponding button to release the electrical door 

lock of the door unit from where the call was generated. 

2 

5 

5 

4+(n-2) 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

7+n 7+n 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1280A: 



or 



N. 1 Power supply for door phone system Ref. 786/15 






or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 



MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

POWER SUPPLY 




Differentiated calls from door units. 


(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

- 

+ 

1A 

2 

1 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

(C4.006) 


CA 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

Lock 

Release 


(C4.006) 

C1 PS2 C2 PS 7 ~ 12 1 4 SN1 8 - ~0 2 5 SN2 + 6 3 9 -J ~ ~ 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

- 

+ 

1A 

2 

1 

Lock 

Release 

MAIN ~ 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-1280A 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 13 





FUNCTION 

14 −−−− sec.1a 


This installation allows connection of a series of door phone to 4 push 

button panels. 

By simply pushing a button on one of the 4 panels, the called door 

phone, picking up the handset, is automatically connected with the 

calling push button panel. 

It is not possible to talk from the outdoor stations simultaneously, since 


2 

2 

5 

5 

4+(n-2) 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

7+n 7+n 

2 

7+n 7+n 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1209C: 



or 











or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VX.014 



MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 


(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

POWER SUPPLY FOR 

DOOR PHONE SYSTEM 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

MAIN ~ 

~ 


~ 

SN4 

1 

IV 

2 

IV 

- IV 

AP IV 

SN1 

1 

I 

2 

I 

- 

I 

AP I 

AP 

2 1 

SN3 

1 

III 

2 

III 

- 

III 

III 

AP 

SN2 

1 

II 

2 

II 

- II 

II 

AP 

- 0 C1 C2 

~ ~ 12 

+6 ~ 0 ~ 12 -6 PS 

RELAY 

BOX 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

(VX.014) 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

SC101-1209C 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

Name tag 

lighting 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

MAIN ~ 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 15 





FUNCTION 

16 −−−− sec.1a 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES 

TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION 



It is the ideal solution for residential centers where the single villas 

have to be connected to both their own outdoor stations and a common 

one at the main entrance. 

During the call the concerned door phone is automatically switched to 

the common outdoor station or to the one of the group it belongs to, by 

means of a switching relay. 

Services towards secondary outdoor stations are independent and can 

therefore take place at the same time. 

When the call comes from the common outdoor station, only the group 

the called door phone belongs to is switched to it, the others being 

able to carry on the normal service with their own secondary outdoor 

stations. 

4+(n-2) 4+(n-2) 

5 5 

4+(n-1) 4+(n-1) 

5 5 

4+n 4+n 

9+n 5+n 

6 

5+n 9+n 

5+K+n 

2 

2 

8+K+ 

n+n... 

2 

K= quantity of columns 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1240A: 



or 





N. K Relay box Ref. 788/51 

N. 1 Call repeater relay Ref. 788/52 




N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22 

N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500 

or 





K-Steel model 


N. K+1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A 

or 





manual. 

725 model 

N. K+1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725 


or 




manual. 

1128 model 

N. K+1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21 

N. K+1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500 






(K= quantity of columns) 



MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.017) 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

L 

1A 2 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

+ 

1 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 C4.017 

- 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES 

TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION 



Lock 

Release 

RELAY 

BOX 

~12 

~0 

S3 

S1 2 

CA 


S2 C6 

~ + - ~ 

12 6 6 0 

PS 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

~ ~ PS ~ - + ~ 

0 6 6 12 

~ ~ 

RELAY 

BOX 

10 

11 

12 

SN1 

1 

4 

C2 ~ 

14 

7 

C1 

0 

MAIN ~ 

MAIN ~ 

8 5 2 

SN2 

3 

6 

13 

9 

15 

~ 

12 



1ST COLUMN 2ND COLUMN 

(C4.006) 

Lock 

Release 



(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.017) 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 


MODULE 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

SN1 

SC101-1240A 

CONNECTION 

AS 1ST GROUP 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

C1 

SN1 

Calls 

1 

4 

-6 Common 

7 

C1 


GROUP 

sec.1a−−−− 17 





FUNCTION 

18 −−−− sec.1a 


Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door 

units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15 

The system is useful in residential centres where individual houses or 

blocks need to be connected to their own door units and to a common 

door unit located at the main entrance. 

The concerned door phone is automatically switched onto the common 

door unit or onto the secondary door unit of the concerned group when 

called by means of a switching relay. 

Services to secondary door units are mutually interdependent and 

therefore may occur at the same time. 

When a call is made from the common door unit, only the group 

to which the called door phone belongs is switched. The other door 

phones can be continue to work with their own secondary units. 

The user can recognise calls from the main door unit or the secondary 

door unit thanks to two different call tones. 

4+(n-2) 4+(n-2) 

5 5 

4+(n-1) 4+(n-1) 

5 5 

4+n 4+n 

9+n 5+n 

6 

5+n 9+n 

5+K+n 

2 

2 

8+K+ 

n+n... 

2 


EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1282A: 



or 



N. K Column power supply Ref. 786/15 









or: 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 






Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system 




MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

Loudspeaking 

unit 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

L 

1A 2- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO ONE MAIN DOOR UNIT 

Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door 

units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.017) 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

Lock 

Release 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

CALL 

REPEATER 

RELAY 

C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 C4.017 

~12 

~0 

S3 

S1 2 

CA 

S2 C6 

~12 +6 -6 ~0 

COLUMN 

POWER SUPPLY 

POWER SUPPLY 

FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

SN1 

1 

4 

- 

~0 

PS 

C2 

7 

C1 

PS2 

MAIN ~ 

~ ~ 

8 5 2 

0 230 

MAIN ~ 

SN2 

3 

6 

+ 

9 

~12 


(C4.006) 

Lock 

Release 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.017) 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 


MODULE 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

Loudspeaking 

unit 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

CONNECTION 

AS 1ST GROUP 

SN1 

1 

SC101-1282A 

4 

- 

7 

SN1 

1 

4 

- 

7 

Calls 

Common 


GROUP 

sec.1a−−−− 19 





FUNCTION 

20 −−−− sec.1a 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO 

TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS 







Floor calls can be differentiated from door unit calls by adding devices 

Ref. 787/1. 

The additional loudspeaker Ref. 9854/54 has more high call tone. 

This type of system can be made with Atlantico door phones only. 

7 

7 

6+(n-2) 

TC 

6+(n-1) 

6+n 

9+n 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1248A: 


N. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133 

N. X Additional speaker Ref. 9854/54 




N. 1 Tone generator Ref. 787/1 






or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.004 

C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 VD.007 VX.006 


(VX.006) 

(VX.006) 

TONE 

GENERATOR 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO 

TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 



(VD.007) 

(VD.007) 

SN 

PS 

~12 

~0 

~0 

-6 

+6 

(C4.004) 


PS 

~12 

~ 

~ 

MAIN ~ 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

SC101-1248A 

sec.1a−−−− 21 





FUNCTION 

22 −−−− sec.1a 


Connection of the sound generator to call door phones 

from the fl oor using the same loudspeaker 

When one of the keys of the push button panel located outside 

the building is pressed, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the 

loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the 

door phone called is lifted, the contact between the outside and inside 

is established and the conversant can start. 

To activate the electric lock, press the matching key. 

Adding the Ref. 787/1 tone generator, it is possible to use the 

loudspeaker of the door phone for the call from the fl oor without having 

to add other buzzers. The call tone differs from that sent to the push 

button panel making it possible to identify the source. 

5 

5 

5+(n-2) 

TC 

5+(n-1) 

5+n 

9+n 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0252D: 



or 





N. 1 Tone generator Ref. 787/1 






or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.004 C4.006 C4.007 C4.008 

VD.007 


MAIN ~ 

~ ~ 12 6 

~ + -~ 6 0 PS 




Connection of the sound generator to call door phones 

from the fl oor using the same loudspeaker 

(C4.004) 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

(VD.007) 

(VD.007) 


CA 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

- 

J 

~ 

0 

12 

~ 

PS SN 

TONE 

GENERATOR 



(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

SC101-0252D 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 23 





FUNCTION 

24 −−−− sec.1a 




Those to the fl oor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54 



Loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the 


is established and the conversation can start. To activate the electric 

lock, press the matching key. 

Adding the three-tone Gong kit inside each door phone and an extra 

power supply, the call can be made to the fl oor differentiating this from 

those sent by the external push button panel. The Ref. 1132/54 makes 

it possible to transform the normal call signal into a three-toner Gong 

to be sent to the loudspeaker of the door phone. 

This device must be powered at 12Vdc; additional power unit 

Ref. 1090/850 may be used. For this purpose, include one additional 

wire in the system for the “+” terminal and another additional wire to 

connect to the “PS” terminal of the door phone power unit cut by the 

fl oor call button. 

7 

7 

6+(n-2) 

TC 

6+(n-1) 

6+n 

9+n 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0791E: 



or 


N. X Add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54 




N. 1 Additional power unit Ref. 1090/850 






or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 


with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of 


manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.004 

C4.006 C4.007 

C4.008 VX.006 

VD.007 


ADDITIONAL 

POWER UNIT 






Those to the fl oor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54 

CA 

6 

CH2 

+ 

CH1 

(VX.006) (VD.007) 

CA 

6 

CH2 

+ 

CH1 

(VX.006) (VD.007) 

P1 

P2 

0 

230 

Vout 

GND 

PS 

-J 

~0 

-6 

+6 

~ 

~ 

~12 

1 

2 

6 

10 

CA 

9 

1 

2 

6 

10 

CA 

9 

MAIN ~ 

MAIN ~ 



(C4.004) 


(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-0791E 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 25 





FUNCTION 

26 −−−− sec.1a 


Solution using additional differential fl oor call device Ref. 9854/53 



Loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the 


is established and the conversation can start. To activate the electric 

lock, press the matching key. 

Floor calls can be differentiated from door unit calls by fi tting an 

additional device inside each door phone. 

The device must be powered either at 12Vdc or 12Vac. For powering 

the device at 12Vac, simply include one extra wire in the column 

connected to the door phone power unit terminal ~12. Use an additional 

dc power unit Ref. 1090/850 to power the device is powered at 

12Vdc. 

7 

7 

6+(n-2) 

TC 

6+(n-1) 

6+n 

9+n 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1070C: 



or 


N. X Add-on device for call Ref. 9854/53 










or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.004 

C4.006 C4.007 

C4.008 VD.007 

VX.006 


ADDITIONAL 

POWER UNIT 




Solution using additional differential fl oor call device Ref. 9854/53 

(VX.006) 

CH 

CP+ 

CP- 

P1 

P2 

0 

230 

Vout 

GND 

PS 

-J 

~0 

-6 

+6 

~ 

~ 

~12 

(VD.007) 

(C4.004) 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 9 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 9 

MAIN ~ 

MAIN ~ 



(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-1070C 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 27 





FUNCTION 

28 −−−− sec.1a 



This service is particularly required by professional offi ces, where a lot 

of people coming in and out obliges to often open the door without the 

use of the door phone to talk with the outside. 

Scheme SC101-0289 I shows the connection of one or more house 

phones suitable for this service in a normal outdoor system. The relay 

box Ref. 788/52 and the power supply Ref. 1090/850 have to be 

foreseen. 

With the switch in ON position, when the visitors calls the door phone 

buzzer doesn’t ring, but the relay starts and automatically opens the 

electric lock. 

The switch ON position is signaled on the door phone by GREEN LED 

lighting. 

5 

8 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

8+n 

9+n 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0289 I: 



DOOR PHONE “A” REFERENCES 

N. 1 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1 

+ mute kit Ref. 1133/56 





N. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230 







or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.004 

C4.006 C4.007 

C4.008 VX.006 


A 

(VX.006) 

~ ~ 

~ ~ 

12 0 

10 

CA 

MAIN ~ MAIN ~ 

0 230 



CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

Rz R+ 

AP 

P1 P2 Vout GND 

(C4.004) 


PS 

-J 

~0 

-6 

+6 

~ 

~ 

~12 

6 S1 CA S3 

~ ~ 

0 12 

TRANSFORMER ADDITIONAL 

RELAY 

POWER UNIT 

BOX 



MAIN ~ 



(C4.006) 

Lock 

Release 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-0289 I 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 29 





FUNCTION 

30 −−−− sec.1a 


Door open light indicator. 

Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications 

Possibility of cut-off. (privacy on) 

With an installation as per Scheme SC101-1226B, operation will be 

the following: 

With the switch in OFF position the call sent from push button panel will 

reach the proper door phone loudspeaker; the GREEN LED is off. 

With the switch in ON position the door phone is cut-off and the 

GREEN LED is on (the circuit between RZ and R is closed). 

Possibility of main door gate check 

Connect as shown in diagram for providing open door signalling 

function. and to equip the door with the proper contact. 

With said installation the RED LED of all house phones will be on when 

the main door gate is open. 

A 

B 

7 

7 

6+(n-1) 

6+n 

11+n 

4 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1226B: 


DOOR PHONE “A” REFERENCES 

Max. 7 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 2 LEDs 

1 switch Ref. 1133/20 

DOOR PHONE “B” REFERENCES 

Max. 7 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1 

Max. 7 Mute kit + led Ref. 1133/56 




N. 1 Additional power unit “A” Ref. 1090/850 






or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.004 C4.006 

C4.007 C4.008 

VX.006 VX.014 


A 

B 

(VX.006) 

ADDITIONAL 

POWER UNIT 



P1 

P2 


Door open light indicator. 

Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

Rz 

R 

AP 

+ 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

Rz 

R 

AP 

+ 

(C4.004) 


CA 

CA 

0 

230 U2 

Vout 

GND 

U3 

U4 

MAIN~ 

U1 

PS 

-J 

~0 

-6 

+6 

~ 

~ 

~12 

MAIN~ 



Lock Release 

(C4.006) 

~ 

~ 

12 

~ 

~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.014) 

(C4.007) (C4.008) 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

MAIN~ 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

~12 

~0 

SC101-1226B 


MODULE 

DOOR OPEN CONTACT 

Name tag 

lighting 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 31 





FUNCTION 

32 −−−− sec.1a 


This installation allows communication between two separate places, 

such as: shop-warehouse, director’s offi ce - secretary’s offi ce, etc. 

The calling house phones handset must be unhooked and the hook 

lever pressed to the bottom in order to establish the connection with 

the called door phone. As soon as the called door phone handset is 

picked up, connection is made. 

1 2 

4 

6 

6 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0249E: 



or 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

VX.021 

Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) 6 - 10. 



(VX.021) 

(VX.021) 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

MAIN~ 



SC101-0249E 

sec.1a−−−− 33 





FUNCTION 

34 −−−− sec.1a 


To communicate with any of the other house phones, the user must 

press the call key corresponding to the door phone required. On lifting 

the handset, the user called is automatically connected to the calling 

door phone. 

The service is not secret, i.e. if the user of a third door phone lifts the 

handset while other two are talking, the conversation can be heard. 

4+n 

4+n 

4+n 

4+n 

4+n 

4+n 

4 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1272A: 



N. 8 Additional buttons (packing of 8) Ref. 1134/55 

or 


N. 8 Additional buttons (packing of 10) Ref. 1133/55 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

VX.006 


4 

3 

2 

1 


(C4.003) 

(VX.006) 

(C4.003) 

(VX.006) 

(C4.003) 

(VX.006) 

(C4.003) 

(VX.006) 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

T1 

G/T 

T2 

G/T 

T3 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

T1 

G/T 

T2 

G/T 

T3 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

T1 

G/T 

T2 

G/T 

T3 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

T1 

G/T 

T2 

G/T 

T3 

G/T 



~ 

0 12 

~ ~ 

J - + 

6 PS 6 - 

MAIN~ 

~ 

SC101-1272A 

sec.1a−−−− 35 





FUNCTION 

36 −−−− sec.1a 


This system is made of a main centralized door phone and of shunt 

phones. The main door phone can call and be called by the shunt 

phones. 

The shunt phones can only call the main phone but cannot call one 

another. 

In order to call a shunt phone, the main one must push the 

corresponding key; in order to call the main phone, the shunts must 

press the proper key. 

Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up 

to 13 shunt phones 

. 

2 

5+n 

5+n 

5+n 

10+n 

5+n 

5+n 

5+n 

5+n 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0861D: 


N. 13 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 

12 additional key Ref. 1133/12 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

VX.006 




~-+PS 0 J6 

(VX.008) 

MAIN~ 

18 

~ ~ ~ 

12 

~ - 

6 


U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 



SC101-0861D 

sec.1a−−−− 37 





FUNCTION 

38 −−−− sec.1a 

CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM 

This system is made of a main centralized door phone and of shunt 

phones. The main door phone can call and be called by the shunt 

phones. 

The shunt phones can only call the main phone but cannot call one 

another. 

In order to call a shunt phone, the main one must push the 

corresponding key; in order to call the main phone, the shunts must 

press the proper key. 

Using the Mod. Atlantico Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible 

to call up to 12 shunt phones 

. 

6 

6 

5+n 

5+(n-2) 

5+(n-1) 

5+n 

4 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0863E: 


MAIN DOOR PHONE REFERENCES 



SHUNT DOOR PHONES REFERENCES 

N. 7 Door phone Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

VX.006 

VX.021 

Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) 6 - 10. 


CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM 

SHUNT DOOR PHONES 

MAIN DOOR PHONE 

(VX.021) 

(VX.021) 

Mod. Atlantico 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 



~-+PS - ~ ~ 

18 0 J6 6 

~ 12 

~ 

SC101-0863E 

MAIN~ 

sec.1a−−−− 39 





FUNCTION 

40 −−−− sec.1a 




The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same 

times, reply to external calls. 

Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place 

during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply. 

When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the 

outdoor station and vice versa. 

Calls from the door unit are sent to the door phone speaker while calls 

from the other door phone are sent to the additional electronic buzzer. 

2 

12 

8 

8 

7 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1243B: 


N. 2 Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key Ref. 1134/1 

or 


N. 2 Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4 







or 





K-Steel model 

N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/22A 

or 





manual. 

725 model 

N. 1 Panel with 2 buttons Ref. 725/102 


or 

For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium 

front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and 


1128 model 



N. 2 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 

N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.004 

C4.006 



C4.014 VX.006 

VX.021 

Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 - 10. 


(C4.003) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

Name tag 

lighting 




G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 



T1 

G/T 

CA 

(C4.006) 

(C4.004) 

7 ~12PS2 

C1 PS C2 


1 

2 

6 

10 9 

T1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 9 

Lock Release 

- 4 

J 

MAIN~ 

1 + - 936 SN2 ~ 8 2 5 SN1 

0 

~ ~ 

SC101-1243B 

sec.1a−−−− 41 





FUNCTION 

42 −−−− sec.1a 




Differentiated calls 


times, reply to calls external calls. 





From the push button panel, all the house phones are called in parallel 

with a single call key. 

Door phone calls ring the supplementary buzzer. 

2 

8 

11 

8 

6 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0578G: 



or 



N. 2 Extra electronic buzzers Ref. 9854/52 


N. 1 Power supply for door phone system with relay Ref. 786/15 





or 





K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 

N. 1 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101 


or 




1128 model 



N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.004 

C4.014 

VX.006 

VX.021 

Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10. 


Name tag 

lighting 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 





ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 


POWER SUPPLY 

WITH RELAY BOX 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

T1 

G/T 

CA 

BUZZER -/~ 

+/~ 

(C4.004) 

Lock 

Release 


1 

2 

6 

10 9 

BUZZER -/~ 

+/~ 

T1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 9 

~12 C2 C1 PS -J 4 1 + - 9 3 6 SN2 ~0 8 2 5 SN1 ~ ~ 

SC101-0578G 

MAIN~ 

sec.1a−−−− 43 





FUNCTION 

44 −−−− sec.1a 






times, reply to external calls. 





The various device may be called individually from the panel. 


to 13 shunt phones. 

2 

5+n 

5+n 

5+n 

10+n 

5+n 

5+n 

5+n 

5+n 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0839D: 



12 additional key “A” Ref. 1133/12 

N. X Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4 








or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.004 C4.014 VX.006 

VX.021 

Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10 (P1). 






AI MODULI 

SUCCESSIVI 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 


P1 

P1 

P1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 


POWER SUPPLY 

WITH RELAY 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

(C4.006) 

(C4.004) 

Lock Release 

7~12PS2 

C1 PS C2 



MAIN~ 

- 4 1 + - 936 SN2 ~ 8 2 5 SN1 

J 

0 

~ ~ 

SC101-0839D 

sec.1a−−−− 45 





FUNCTION 

46 −−−− sec.1a 

8 





times, reply to calls from the external push-button panel. Switching 

from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the 

call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply and a 

separate switching relay. 



2 

8 

7 

12 12 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1249A: 



or 











or 





K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 

N. 2 Panel with 2 buttons Ref. 725/102 


or 




1128 model 



N. 4 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.006 



C4.014 C4.016 VX.006 VX.014 

VX.021 



Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 




T1 

G/T 

CA 

(C4.014) 

(C4.014) 

8 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

(C4.006) 

SN1 

10 

1 

4 

SN2 

12 

3 

6 

(C4.006) 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

Lock 

Lock 

(C4.016) 

Release 

Release 

(C4.016) 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

MAIN~ 

RELAY BOX 


1 

2 

6 

10 9 

T1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 9 

7 

~12 

~0 

C2 

13 

C1 

11 

2 

5 

9 

15 

14 

~ ~ 7 ~12 ~0 SN2 6 3 + 1 PS C2 4 -J 9 - 825SN1 

C1 PS2 

MAIN~ 

(VX.014) 

~ ~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

SC101-1249A 

~0 ~12 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 


POWER SUPPLY 

WITH RELAY BOX 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 47 





FUNCTION 

48 −−−− sec.1a 

8 

8 





times, reply to calls from the external push-button panel. Switching 

from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the 

call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply and a 

separate switching relay. 





2 

8 

6 

11 11 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1244A: 



or 











or 





K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




1128 model 



N. 2 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 






Name tag 

lighting 

2 

1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

(C4.016) 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.006 






(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

MAIN~ 

U1 

G/T 

C4.014 C4.016 VX.006 VX.014 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

T1 

G/T 

CA 

T1 

G/T 

CA 

(C4.006) 

(C4.014) 

(C4.014) 


1 

2 

6 

10 9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

1 

2 

6 

10 9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

Lock Release 

VX.021 


RELAY 

BOX 

SN1 

10 

1 

4 

7 

~12 

~0 

C2 

13 

C1 

11 

2 

5 

8 

SN2 

12 

3 

6 

9 

15 

14 

(C4.006) 

~ ~ C1~12 ~0 SN2 6 3 + 1 PS C2 4 -J 9 - 825SN1 

7 PS2 

MAIN~ 

Lock Release 

(VX.014) 

~ ~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

~0 ~12 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

G/T 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 


POWER SUPPLY 

WITH RELAY 

(C4.016) 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-1244A 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 49 





FUNCTION 

50 −−−− sec.1a 





times, reply to calls from 2 external push button panels. 


during the call by means of a separate switching relay. 





. 

6+n 

6+n 

6+(n-2) 

6+(n-1) 

5+n 

7+n 7+n 

2 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0844E: 



12 additional key “A” Ref. 1133/12 










or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.014 

VX.006 

VX.021 






(C4.014) 

(VX.021) 


P1 

P1 


MODULES 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

~0 

U4 

~12 

U3 

~12 U2 

~0 

U1 

G/T 

Name tag 

lighting 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

+ 

- 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

(C4.006) 

Lock 

Release 




MAIN~ 

RELAY 

BOX 

(C4.006) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 


MODULES 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

+ 

- 

1 

Lock 

Release 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-0844E 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 51 





FUNCTION 

52 −−−− sec.1a 





times, reply to calls from 2 external push button panels. 


during the call by means of a separate switching relay. 







. 

6+n 

6+n 

6+n 

6+n 

6+n 

6+n 

6 

8 8 

2 2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0866G: 


DOOR PHONE “A” 











or 





K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




1128 model 



N. 2 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.014 

VX.006 

VX.021 



Name tag 

lighting 




(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

U1 

G/T 


1A 

2 

+ 

L 

- 

1 

P1 

P1 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

U12 

U11 

U10 

U9 

U8 

U7 

U6 

U5 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

-/~ 

+/~ 

Lock 

Release 

MAIN~ 



RELAY 

BOX 

Lock 

Release 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

+ 

- 

1 

SC101-0866G 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 53 





FUNCTION 

54 −−−− sec.1a 



Parallel calls from door unit 


The connection example shown in the following diagram offers the 

possibility of adding intercom door phones in the same apartment to 

an existing system with door unit. 


times, reply to calls external calls. 





The door unit call is sent to the supplementary electronic buzzer. 

The call between two door phones is sent to the speaker of both door 

phones. 

8 

8 

6 

5 

FROM RISING 

COLUMN 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0567E: 



or 






N. 1 Relay box “A” Ref. 788/52 

N. 1 Relay box “B” Ref. 788/51 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.014 

VX.006 

VX.021 



FROM 

RISING 

COLUMN 

CALL 



Parallel calls from door unit 


47 

3W 

RELAY 

BOX “A” 


(C4.014) 

(C4.014) 

RELAY 

BOX “B” 

MAIN~ 

-/~ 

+/~ 

-/~ 

+/~ 

POWER SUPPLY 

SC101-0567E 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(VX.021) 

sec.1a−−−− 55 





FUNCTION 

56 −−−− sec.1a 



To assure the secrecy of conversation to all the house phones of the 

door phone system, a device (Ref. 1131/5 for Scaitel door phones or 

Ref. 1134/5 for Utopia door phones) shall be inserted in each door 

phone and a switch-off device Ref. 5330/60 in the push button panel. 

So, all the house phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing 

can be heard when unhooking the handset); only the called door 

phone can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to 

intercept the call. 

The door phone is activated to communicate from the call up to the 

following call. If it is not direct to the same set the call release the door 

phone from the connection with the loudspeaking unit. 

The secrecy device offers two possibilities of electric lock opening: 

• NORMAL OPENING (solution A): which takes place each time the 

hook lever of any door phone is pressed to the bottom; 

• ACTIVATED OPENING (solution B): the electric lock can be 

activated only after a call, and only from the called door phone (in 

this case, remove the jumper from the door phone printed circuit). 

5 

5 

4+(n-2) 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

9+n 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1134E: 



N. X Secrecy device Ref. 1131/5 









N. 1 Switch off privacy device Ref. 5330/60 

or 





K-Steel model 




or 





manual. 

725 model 







manual. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.007 C4.008 

VX.006 VX.013 

VX.021 

Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) (solution B only): 

P1 (Utopia) 

VX.028 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

(VX.006) 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 





-J 

PS 

~0 

-6 

+6 

~18 

~12 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 


~ 

~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

SOLUTION A SOLUTION B 

MAIN~ 



SWITCH OFF 

PRIVACY DEVICE 

Lock Release 

(VX.006) 

PS 

1B 

2B 

9 

-/~ 

SN 

1A 

2A 

~12 AP 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

L 

SC101-1134E 


MODULE 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 57 





FUNCTION 

58 −−−− sec.1a 






conversation may take place. Simply press the corresponding button 

to release the two electrical door locks. 

2 

2 

11+n 

5 

5 

4+(n-2) 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0482D: 



or 






N. 1 Transformer 12Vac 30VA NNF 






or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








NNF= not supplied by us. 


POWER SUPPLY 



MAIN~ 

MAIN~ 

TRANSFORMER 

12Vac - 30VA 

N.N.F. 

RELAY 

BOX 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 C4.004 

C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 



1 

2 

6 

9 

10 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

PS 

-J 

~0 

-6 

+6 

~12 

~0 

~12 

~12 

2 

S1 

S4 

S3 

S6 



Lock Release 

Lock Release 

(C4.006 ) 

(C4.007 ) 

(C4.008 ) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 2 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

SC101-0482D 

sec.1a−−−− 59 





FUNCTION 

60 −−−− sec.1a 






The door phones have intercom features and may at the same time 

take calls from both the secondary panel and door phone system to 

which they are connected. 


during the call by means of reply. 



La chiamata tra i citofoni è inviata all’altoparlante dei citofoni. 

La chiamata dal portiere elettrico è inviata sul ronzatore elettronico 

supplementare (Buzzer) di entrambe i citofoni. 

2 

11 

8 

8 

6 

6 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0735D: 



or 






N. 1 Relay box “1” Ref. 788/58 

N. 1 Relay box “2” Ref. 788/52 





or 





K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




1128 model 



N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.004 

C4.014 

VX.006 

VX.021 



(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

call 

FROM RISING 

COLUMN 






-/~ 

+/~ 

-/~ 

+/~ 

RELAY BOX 

(2) 

RELAY BOX 

(1) 

MAIN~ 


(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

G/T 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

POWER SUPPLY 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SC101-0735D 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1a−−−− 61 





62 −−−− sec.1a 



SECTION 1B 

(REV.D) 

BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 

1+1 WIRE ELECTRONIC 





sec.1b−−−− 1 



DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1B 

I −−−− sec.1b 

SECTION 1B CONTENTS 


BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 1+1 WIRE ELECTRONIC DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS 



WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION 

(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1135F ...............1b ................2 



(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura).......................................................................................................SC101-0932C ...............1b ................4 



(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1210B ...............1b ................6 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONS 


(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)....................................................................................................... SC101-0937B ...............1b ................8 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONS 


(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) .................................................................................................................SC101-1218C ...............1b ............. 10 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS 

Each group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station 

(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1241B ...............1b ............. 12 

CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION 

Door phone can open door during call from panel ...........................................................................................SC101-1327 ...............1b ............. 14 

RELEASE OF TWO ELECTRICAL LOCKS AT THE SAME TIME 

a) 725 or Domus Aura door unit 

b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit...................................................................................................................... SC101-1269A ...............1b ............. 16 


SECTION 1B CONTENTS 


1 + 1 DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

Panel model 

Sinthesi 

or 

K-Steel 

725 or 

Domus Aura 

Generic 





Connection of a supplementary electrical lock 

Possibility of opening door while calling from the panel 


1 

1 

2 

4 

1 

2 


0 

K 

0 

0 

0 

0 

-- -- 

-- -- 

√ 

√ 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION WITH SECRECY 

OF CONVERSATION SC101-1135F 2 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS 


CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECY 

SC101-1241B 12 

OF CONVERSATION SC101-1210B 6 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECY 

OF CONVERSATION SC101-1218C 10 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION WITH SECRECY 

OF CONVERSATION SC101-0932C 4 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECY 

OF CONVERSATION 



SC101-0937B 8 

b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit SC101-1269A 16 


Door phone can open door during call from panel 

SC101-1327 14 

sec.1b −−−− II 

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1B



FUNCTION 

2 −−−− sec.1b 



(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) 

1+1 wire system allows to obtain the service of a standard outdoor set 

installation with conversation, call, electric lock opening, with only 2 

wires in the rising column: 1 common + 1 single for each door phone. 

The outdoor set is fed, with two wires only, by a 12V a.c. voltage 

transformer. 

To assure secrecy to all the door phones, special devices for secrecy 

of conversation are inserted into the push button panel (one for each 

key). 

So, all the door phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing 

can be heard when picking up the handset); only the called door phone 

can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to intercept 

the call. 

The called house is qualifi ed to talk until another call is made from the 

push button panel to other door phone. 

The electric lock opening depends from the circuit of secrecy of 

conversation (the lock cannot be operated unless the door phone has 

been called). 

2 

2 

1+(n-2) 

1+(n-1) 

1+n 

1+n 

2 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1135F: 


N. X Door phones Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/35 

or 

N. X Door phones Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A 

POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES 





N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21 


N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74 

or 





K-Steel model 








manual. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C1.002 

C4.006 


Connect jumper C1 with U1. 

C4.007 

C4.008 

VX.006 

VX.014 





COLUMN 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

CA1 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.014) 


1 

2 

CA1 

1 

2 

TRANSFORMER 

MAIN~ 

MAIN~ 

CONVERSATION 

PRIVACY 

DEVICE 

(VX.006) 

1 4 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

1 4 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

Name tag 

lighting 

To the following 

conversation 

privacy 

device 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

BUTTON MODULE 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U1 

C2 

C1 

PS 

4 

5 

F 

3 

SN 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

Amplified 

loudspeaking 

unit 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 


module 

Name tag 

lighting 

SC101-1135F 

sec.1b−−−− 3 





FUNCTION 

1+1 wire system allows to obtain the service of a standard outdoor set 

installation with conversation, call, electric lock opening, with only 2 

wires in the rising column: 1 common + 1 single for each door phone. 

The outdoor set is fed, with two wires only, by a 12V a.c. voltage 

transformer. 

To assure secrecy to all the door phones, special devices for secrecy 

of conversation are inserted into the push button panel (one for each 

key). 

So, all the door phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing 

can be heard when picking up the handset); only the called door phone 

can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to intercept 

the call. 

The called house is qualifi ed to talk until another call is made from the 

push button panel to other door phone. 

The electric lock opening depends from the circuit of secrecy of 

conversation (the lock cannot be operated unless the door phone has 

been called). 

4 −−−− sec.1b 

2 

2 



(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura) 

1+(n-2) 

1+(n-1) 

1+n 

1+n 

2 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0932C: 



or 





725 model 




or 




manual. 

Domus Aura model 





Domus Aura” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone 

system - product technical manual. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C1.002 

VX.006 

VX.014 


Name tag 

lighting 

(C1.002) 




PANEL FOR AMPLIFIED 

LOUDSPEAKING UNIT 

CONVERSATION 


SN 

PS 

4 

3 

5 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

4 1 

1 4 

ELECTRIC LOCK 


COLUMN 

CA1 

1 

2 

CA1 

1 

2 

4 1 1 4 

(VX.006) 

Lock Release 

Name tag 

lighting 

MAIN ~ 

(VX.014) 

MAIN ~ 

TRANSFORMER 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

SC101-0932C 

sec.1b−−−− 5 





FUNCTION 

6 −−−− sec.1b 




The 1+1 wire door phone system makes it possible to set up systems 

in which a door phone riser is to be connected to two entrances each 

with 1 push button panel with related loudspeaking unit. 

Adding a specifi c relay device, a person can press a key of one of 

the two push button panels so that the user of the door phone called, 

on lifting the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push 

button panel excluding the other service. 

Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from two outdoor 

stations at the same time in that functioning of these is alternative. 

to guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the 

system, the specifi c secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted 

inside only one of the two push button panels. 

Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This 

means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been 

called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button 

panel from which the call has been made. 

6+n 

2 

2 

1+(n-2) 

1+(n-1) 

1+n 

7+n 

2 2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1210B: 



or 











or 





K-Steel model 








manual. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C1.002 

C4.006 



C4.007 

C4.008 

VX.006 

VX.014 

VX.021 

Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 

a) PS – G/T 

b) 4 – F 


B 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 




G/T 

U1 

C1 

PS 

3 

1/~ 

2 

1 

C2 

5 

4 

F 

SN 

~ 

(C4.006) 

(VX.021) 

(VX.014) 

~ ~ ~12 ~0 

COLUMN 

N.2 TRANSFORMER 


CA1 

2 

1 

CA1 

2 

1 

Name tag 

lighting 

C2 

10 

6 

7 

C1 

11 

4 

15 

SN2 

13 

8 

3 

9 

SN1 

5 

2 

1 

~0 

~12 

14 

12 

~0 ~12 ~ ~ 

(C4.006) 

(VX.021) 

G/T G/T 

U1 ~0 

~12 

C2 ~0 

C1 ~12 

PS 

5 

4 

F 

3 

SN 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

MAIN ~ MAIN ~ 

ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK 

SC101-1210B 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

~12 U4 

~0 U3 

~12 U2 

~0 U1 

G/T 

~ ~ ~12 ~0 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.006) 

1 4 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

1 4 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

~12 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~0 

U3 

MAIN ~ 

To next 


conversation 


module 

privacy devices 

module 

BUTTON MODULE 

CONVERSATION 

PRIVACY 

DEVICES 

BUTTON MODULE 

U4 

U2 

U1 

Name tag 

lighting 

Lock 

Lock 

DOOR UNIT 

Release 

RELAY 


Release 

BOX 

Name tag 

lighting 

A 

sec.1b−−−− 7 





FUNCTION 

8 −−−− sec.1b 





in which a door phone riser is to be connected to two entrances each 






Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from two outdoor 


to guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the 







6+n 

2 

2 

1+(n-2) 

1+(n-1) 

1+n 

7+n 

2 2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0937B: 



or 



N. X Transformer Ref. 9000/230 



725 model 

N. 2 Panels with N buttons Mod. 725 



or 



versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate 








Domus Aura” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone 

system - product technical manual. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C1.002 

VX.006 

VX.014 


Name tag 

lighting 

~12 

~0 

~ 

~ 

P.E. 

SN 

PS 

4 

1/~ 3 

5 

~ 

2 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 




(VX.014) 

MAIN ~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

Lock 

Release 

COLUMN 


CA1 

CA1 

~ 

12 ~ 0 

1 

2 

1 

2 

~ 

7 

10 

6 

C2 

SN2 

3 

8 

9 

5 

MAIN ~ 

~ 

RELAY 

BOX 

12 

11 

2 

C1 

SN1 

1 

4 

~0 

~12 

MAIN ~ 

N.2 TRANSFORMERS 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

012 

(VX.006) 

Lock 

Release 

1 4 4 1 

1 4 4 1 

P.E. 

SN 

PS 

4 

5 

3 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

SC101-0937B 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1b−−−− 9 





FUNCTION 

10 −−−− sec.1b 





in which a door phone riser is to be connected to four entrances each 






Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from four outdoor 


To guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the 







8+n 

8+n 

2 

2 

1+(n-2) 

1+(n-1) 

1+n 

8+n 

9+n 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1218C: 



or 











or 





K-Steel model 








manual. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C1.002 

C4.006 



C4.007 

C4.008 

VX.006 

VX.014 

VX.021 


a) PS – G/T 

b) 4 – F 



module 

Name tag 

lighting 

"C" 

"B" 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

BUTTONS MODULE 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~12 

~0 

G/T 


module 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 





U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T G/T 

~0 U1 

~12 

~0 C2 

~12 C1 

5 

4 

PS 

F 

3 

SN 

1/~ 

1 

~ 

2 


ELECTRIC LOCK 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T G/T 

~0 U1 

~12 

~0 C2 

~12 C1 

5 

4 

PS 

F 

3 

SN 

1/~ 

1 

~ 

2 


ELECTRIC LOCK 

(C4.006) 

(VX.021) 

Lock 

Release 

MAIN ~ 

(C4.006) 

(VX.021) 

Lock 

Release 

TRANSFORMER 

TRANSFORMER 

CA1 

2 

1 

COLUMN 

TRANSFORMER 


CA1 

2 

1 

(VX.014) 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

~ ~ ~12~0 

~12 ~0 ~ ~ 

MAIN ~ 

~ 

~ ~12 ~0 

C3 

+TC 

SE 

2 

-6 

+6 

R1 

SN3 

V3 

1 

~0 

~12 

V5 

C2 

+TC 

SE 

2 

-6 

+6 

R1 

SN2 

V3 

1 

~0 

~12 

V5 

R1R2 1 2 6 9 

COLUMN 

V3V5 

INPUT INPUT 

C 

D 

RELAY 

BOX 

INPUT INPUT 

B 

A 

VOLTAGE 

+ + 

SE 6 TC 0 ~ ~ 

A B ~ ~ 

12 R1 6 - R2AP 

RETE ~ 

~0 ~12 ~ ~ 

+TC 

C4 

SE 

2 

-6 

+6 

R1 

SN4 

V3 

1 

~0 

~12 

V5 

+TC 

C1 

SE 

2 

-6 

+6 

R1 

SN1 

V3 

~0 

~12 

V5 

1 

MAIN ~ 

~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ ~0~12 

(C4.006) 

(VX.021) 

Lock 

Release 

MAIN ~ 

TRANSFORMER 

1 4 

G/T 

C4 ~12 

C3 

C2 

C1 

G/T 

1 4 

(VX.006) 

~0 

~12 

~0 

U3 

U4 

U2 

U1 

CONVERSATION 

PRIVACY DEVICES 

(C4.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 


U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T G/T 

U1 ~0 

~12 

C2 ~0 

C1 ~12 

5 

4 

PS 

F 

3 

SN 

1/~ 

1 

~ 

2 

SC101-1218C 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

~0 


ELECTRIC LOCK 

G/T G/T 

U1 ~0 

~12 

C2 ~0 

C1 ~12 

5 

4 

PS 

F 

3 

SN 

1/~ 

1 

~ 

2 


module 

"D" 

To the following To the following 

conversation 

module 


(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 


Lock 

Release 


ELECTRIC LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

Name tag 

lighting 

"A" 

sec.1b−−−− 11 





FUNCTION 

1+(n-2) 

1+(n-1) 

1+n 

2 

2 

9+n 3+n 3+n 9+n 

12 −−−− sec.1b 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES 

TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS 














stations. 

To guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the 







8+K+ 

n+n... 

2 2 

2 

1+(n-2) 

1+(n-1) 

1+n 

2 

2 

2+(K-2)+ 

n+n... 


EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1241B: 



or 



N. K+1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230 





N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21 



or 





K-Steel model 

N. Y Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A 







manual. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C1.002 

C4.007 

C4.008 

VX.006 

VX.014 

VX.021 


a) 4 – F 


MAIN ENTRY 

(C4.017) 

Name tag 

lighting 

To the 

following 

module 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 


G/T 

~12 U4 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 U4 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 U4 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

SN 

5 

4 

F 

3 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

PS 

C1 

C2 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES 

TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS 




(VX.021) 

Lock 

Release 

4 C2 

7 6 

15 

5 SN2 

C1 

8 SN1 

1 3 

11 9 

2 

13 

~0 

~12 

10 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

0 12 


14 

12 

~ 

12 ~ 0 


~ 

CA1 

2 

1 

CA1 

2 

1 

RELAY 

BOX 

MAIN ~ 

~ 

MAIN ~ 

TRANSFORMER 

TRANSFORMER 

CONVERSATION 


(VX.006) 

1 4 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

1 4 

(VX.014) 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.021) 

Lock 

Release 


conversation 


MAIN ~ 

1 4 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

1 4 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

12 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

~ ~ 

12 

MAIN ~ 

~ 

~ 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 


U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

5 

4 

PS 

F 

3 

SN 

1/~ 

1 

~ 

2 

C2 

C1 

(VX.014) 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 


module 

~0 

~12 

G/T 


Name tag 

lighting 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

Name tag 

lighting 

SECONDARY 

ENTRY 

(C4.017) 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

CONNECTION 

AS 1ST GROUP 

To relay 

C1 1 

1/~ 

C1 

1 

1/~ 

SC101-1241B 

Calls 

Common 


GROUP 

sec.1b−−−− 13 





FUNCTION 

14 −−−− sec.1b 



This service is particularly required by professional offi ces, where a lot 

of people coming in and out obliges to often open the door without the 

use of the door phone to talk with the outside. 

Diagram SC101-1327 shows the connection of a door phone to a 

normal 1+1 wire electrical door phone system. Equip the system with 

a relay Ref. 788/22, a power unit Ref. 1090/850 and a timed relay 

Ref.1032/81. 

The concerned door phone will energise the door phone which will in 

turn release the electrical lock when the switch (not supplied by us) is 

positioned during the call step. 

2 

1+n 

1+n 

1+n 

FROM RISING 

COLUMN 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1327: 



or 

N. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A 




N. 1 Timer Ref. 1032/81 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.023 

VX.021 


a) AMCR 


SWITCH 

N.N.F. 



RELAY 

BOX 

+ 

+L 

0L 

NA 

CH- 

CH+ 

C 

NC 

~12 

~0 


0 

230 

1 

2 

TRANSFORMER 

MAIN~ 

TIMER TO 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

SE2 

-/~ 

+24 

+12/~ 

-/~ 

AP 

NO 

C 

NC 

(C4.023) 

(VX.021) 



SINGLE 

CALLS 

FROM RISING 

COLUMN 

SC101-1327 

COMMON 

sec.1b−−−− 15 





Example "A" 

Example "B" 

16 −−−− sec.1b 



b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit 

~0 

~12 

5 

4 

PS 

F 

3 

SN 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

~ ~ 

~0 

~12 

~12 

2 

CA 

~0 

S2 

S3 

S1 

SC101-1269A 

~ ~ ~0 ~12 

~12 ~0 ~ ~ 

3 

PS 

4 

5 

1/~ 

SN 

MAIN~ 

RELAY 

Ref.788/52 

MAIN~ 

~ 

2 

~12 

2 

CA 

~0 

S2 

Lock Release 

S3 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

S1 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Supplementary 

Lock Release 

Lock Release 

Supplementary 

Lock Release 

TRANSFORMER 

Ref.9000/230 

TRANSFORMER 

Ref.9000/230 

~12 ~0 ~ ~ 

MAIN~ MAIN~ 

RELAY 

Ref.788/52 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

TRANSFORMER 

Ref.9000/230 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

TRANSFORMER 

Ref.9000/230 



SECTION 1C 

(REV.C) 

BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 

TRADITIONAL CALL 





sec.1c −−−− 1 



DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1C 

I −−−− sec.1c 

SECTION 1C CONTENTS 


BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR TRADITIONAL CALL DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS 


CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION ................................................................ SC101-1247A .............. 1c ................2 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS ............................................ SC101-0440B .............. 1c ................4 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS ...................................SC101-0441C .............. 1c ................6 


Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station ............................................................................ SC101-0461B .............. 1c ................8 


SECTION 1C CONTENTS 


TRADITIONAL CALL DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 





1 0 CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION SC101-1247A 2 

1 K 


Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station SC101-0461B 8 

2 0 CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS SC101-0440B 4 

4 0 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS SC101-0441C 6 




sec.1c −−−− II 

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1C



FUNCTION 

2 −−−− sec.1c 

5 

5 

CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION 

This is certainly the most common type of door phone system. 

Press a button on the panel outside the building door to make the 

buzzer of the corresponding door phone ring. Lift the handset of the 

called door phone to establish a conversation with the door unit. 

Simply fully press the handset hook to operate the electrical door 

lock. 

Using the door phone Ref. 1130/55 must press the button no the 

handset to estabilish a conversation with the door unit; simply picking 

up the handset is not suffi cient. 

The advantage is that any handsets left accidentally off-hook do not 

interfer with the optimal operation of the other door phones. 

4+(n-2) 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

9+n 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-1247A: 


N. X Door phones Mod. 1130 Ivory colour Ref. 1130 

White colour Ref. 1130/50 

or 

N. X Door phones Mod. 1130 

with insertion key White colour Ref. 1130/55 









or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.004 

C4.007 

C4.008 

VX.014 


POWER SUPPLY 



PS 

~12 

~18 

~0 

-J 

-6 

+6 

~ 

~ 

CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION 

COLUMN 

1 

2 

6 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

1 

2 

6 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

MAIN ~ 

(C4.004) 

Lock 

Release 


LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

~12 

~0 

~ 

~ 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

(VX.014) 

MAIN ~ 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

Name tag 

lighting 

Name tag 

lighting 

SC101-1247A 

sec.1c −−−− 3 





FUNCTION 

4 −−−− sec.1c 


This type of installation solves the problem to connect a series of door 

phones of a building with 2 entrances each one equipped with a push 

button panel. 

This solution permits, by simply pushing a button from one of the 2 

push button panels, to connect automatically the user to the calling 

push button panels unhooking the handset. This type of installation 

does not allow to talk from both outdoor stations simultaneously, since 


5 

5 

4+(n-2) 

4+(n-1) 

4+n 

7+n 7+n 

2 2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0440B: 













or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.007 

C4.008 

VX.014 


Name tag 

lighting 

MAIN ~ 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 


G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

(VX.014) 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

1 

2 

6 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

COLUMN 


L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

~ ~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ ~ 

120 

Lock 

Release 

1 

2 

6 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

SN1 

1 

4 

10 

13 

RELAY 

BOX 

7 

C2 

C1 

MAIN ~ 

~ ~ 

8 

~ 

12 

5 2 

SN2 

3 

6 

12 

15 

14 

9 

~ 

011 

~ - - ~ + PS 

126 J 06 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

Lock 

Release 

POWER SUPPLY 



U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

SC101-0440B 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1c −−−− 5 





FUNCTION 

6 −−−− sec.1c 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS 

This installation allows connection of a series of door phone to 3 or 4 

push button panels. 

By simply pushing a button on one of the 4 panels, the called door 

phone, picking up the handset, is automatically connected with the 

calling push button panel. 

It is not possible to talk from the outdoor stations simultaneously, since 


2 

2 

6 

6 

5+(n-2) 

5+(n-1) 

5+n 

7+n 7+n 

2 

7+n 7+n 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0441C: 













or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.007 

C4.008 

VX.014 



MODULES 

Name tag 

lighting 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(VX.014) 

~ ~ 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

~ ~ 

120 


1 

2 

6 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

1 

2 

6 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

SN4 

1 

IV 

2 

IV 

- IV 

2 1 

SN3 

1 

III 

2 

III 

- 

III 

POWER SUPPLY 

FOR HOUSE 


(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

AP AP 

III 

IV 

ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK 


MODULES 

Name tag 

lighting 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

MAIN~ 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

Name tag 

lighting 

Lock 

Release 

Lock 

Release 

MAIN~ 

~ 

~ 

SN1 

1 

I 

2 

I 

- 

I 

AP I 



AP 

SN2 

1 

II 

2 

II 

- II 

II 

AP 

- 0 C1 C2 

~ ~ 12 

~18 

+6 

~0 

~12 

-6 

PS 

-J 

RELAY 

BOX 

Lock 

Release 

Lock 

Release 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

SC101-0441B 


MODULES 

Name tag 

lighting 


MODULES 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1c −−−− 7 





FUNCTION 

8 −−−− sec.1c 

4+(n-2) 4+(n-2) 

5 5 

4+(n-1) 4+(n-1) 

5 5 

4+n 4+n 

9+n 5+n 

6 

5+n 9+n 

5+K+n 

2 

2 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN 

OUTDOOR STATION 

Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station 












stations. 

8+K+ 

n+n... 

2 


EQUIPMENT 


SC101-0461B: 





N. K+1 Power supply for 



N. K Call repeater relay Ref. 788/52 






or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 




manual. 

1128 model 








DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.001 

C4.007 

C4.008 



MODULES 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

Lock 

Release 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN 

OUTDOOR STATION 

Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station 

~12 

~0 

S3 

S1 2 

CA 

S2 C6 

CALL 

REPEATER RELAY 

RELAY 

BOX 

1st COLUMN 


1 

2 

6 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

1 

2 

6 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

SN1 

1 

4 

10 

11 

12 

14 

7 

MAIN ~ 

~ ~ 

C1C2 12 

0 

8 5 2 

~ ~ ~12~0 

-6 +6 

MAIN ~ 

SN2 

3 

6 

13 

9 

15 

Lock 

Release 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

POWER SUPPLY 



G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

1 

2 

- 

+ 

1A 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

MAIN ~ 


MODULES 

Name tag 

lighting 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.014) 

~12 +6 -6 ~0 ~ ~ 

POWER SUPPLY 



LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

120 

2nd COLUMN 

CONNECTION AS 

1ST GROUP 

SC101-0461B 

SN1 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

SN1 

Calls 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

Common 


COLUMN 

sec.1c −−−− 9 





10 −−−− sec.1c 



SECTION 1D 

(REV.C) 

BASIC DIAGRAMS 

FOR COAX ELECTRONIC 





sec.1d−−−− 1 



DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1D 

SECTION 1D CONTENTS 



FOR COAX ELECTRONIC VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS 


CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT .......................................... SV102-3146D ..............1d ................2 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION ...................... SV102-2631E ..............1d ................4 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES 

TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only............................................... SV102-1609E ..............1d ................6 

CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

The video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones 

in parallel with concurrent power-on............................................................................................................... SV102-2066D ..............1d ................8 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION 

EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA 

Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera........................................... SV102-3118C ..............1d ............. 10 

CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

Possibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera................................................................... SV102-3119A ..............1d ............. 12 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS .................... SV102-2892D ..............1d ............. 14 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS 

TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT ............................................................................................. SV102-2934C ..............1d ............. 16 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS .................... SV102-3078B ..............1d ............. 18 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS 

TO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

Each column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station ....................................................... SV102-3079A ..............1d ............. 20 


TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

Each columns is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.......................................................... SV102-2935E ..............1d ............. 22 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY 

OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

Single call from outside with concurrent power-on......................................................................................... SV102-2970D ..............1d ............. 24 

CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM ATLANTICO VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

Single call from the outside with concurrent power-on................................................................................... SV102-2972D ..............1d ............. 26 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY 

OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITS 

The video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on ........................ SV102-3257A ..............1d ............. 28 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE ................ SV102-1469D ..............1d ............. 30 

CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE.................................... SV102-1574C ..............1d ............. 30 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE ............... SV102-0782D ..............1d ............. 31 

CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL 

TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

The video door phones are called at the same time....................................................................................... SV102-2132E ..............1d ............. 32 

CORRISPONDENCE OF TERMINALS BETWEEN 

Scaitel AND Sentry+ OR Atlantico VIDEODOORPHONE.............................................................................. SV102-1977A ..............1d ............. 32 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS 


Single call from outside with concurrent power-on......................................................................................... SV102-1349E ..............1d ............. 34 

CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

Distance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to 1000 metres .................. SV102-1241D ..............1d ............. 36 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION.... SV102-3063A ..............1d ............. 38 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT 

Door open indicator on video door phones..................................................................................................... SV102-3228A ..............1d ............. 40 

I −−−− sec.1d 




CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT ..........................................................................................SV102-3227 ..............1d ............. 42 

CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS 

TO 1 MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

Each column is additionally connected to a specifi c secondary door unit........................................................SV102-3235 ..............1d ............. 44 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY 

OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT...........................................................SV102-3219 ..............1d ............. 46 



Single call from outside with concurrent power-on............................................................................................SV102-3220 ..............1d ............. 48 

EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ..........................................................................................SV102-3294 ..............1d ............. 50 

EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ..........................................................................................SV102-3295 ..............1d ............. 51 

EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ....................................................................................... SV102-3296A ..............1d ............. 52 

EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION TVCC CAMERE OR MICROCAMERA ......................................................... SV102-3229A ..............1d ............. 53 


sec.1d −−−− II 

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1D

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1D 



COAX VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

WITH BLACK AND WHITE CAMERA 


Number of main video door phone panels to be installed 

Number of video door phone secondary panels to be installed 

Number of main door phone panels to be installed 

Number of secondary door phone panels to be installed 


Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several video door phones in the apartment 


Auto-on: users can switch the video door phone on also if no call is received 

Monitor with CCTV cameras 

Use of some door phones for audio service only 

Use of devices in parallel with a video door phone 

Distance between video door phones and video door unit from 300 to 1000 metres 

Use of kits 


0 0 0 √ √ COLLEGAMENTO DI MAX 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO SV102-3146D 2 

0 0 0 √ 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION SV102-2631E 4 

0 0 0 √ 

√ 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1 VIDEO 

OUTDOOR STATION. Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only SV102-1609E 


6 

0 0 0 √ √ √ 


Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera 

SV102-3118C 10 

0 0 0 √ √ √ 


Possibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera 

SV102-3119A 12 

0 0 0 √ 


The video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY 

SV102-2066D 8 

1 

0 0 0 √ √ 


Single call from outside with concurrent power-on 

CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

SV102-2970D 24 

0 0 0 √ √ 

WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

Single call from the outside with concurrent power-on 

SV102-2972D 26 

0 0 0 √ √ 


Distance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to 1000 metres 


SV102-1241D 36 

0 0 K √ 


Each columns is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station 

SV102-2935E 22 

2 

0 1 0 √ 

K 0 0 √ 

0 0 0 

0 0 0 

√ 

√ 

√ 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS 

TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT 



Each column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY 

OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITS 

The video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on 

SV102-2934C 

SV102-3079A 

SV102-2892D 

SV102-3257A 

4 0 0 0 √ 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS SV102-3078B 

√ 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE SV102-0782D 

CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL 

√ 


The video door phones are called at the same time 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS 

SV102-2132E 

√ √ 



SV102-1349E 

√ CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE 

SV102-1574C 

√ 


CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO 

THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE 

SV102-1469D 


III −−−− sec.1d 


16 

20 

14 

28 

18 

31 

32 

34 

30 

30

WITH COLOUR CAMERA 










Auto-on: users can switch the video door phone on also if no call is received 

Monitor with CCTV cameras 


Use of free-hands Utopia video door phone 

Door open indicator on video door phone 


0 0 √ 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONES 


SV102-3063A 38 

0 0 √ 

√ √ 


Door open indicator on video door phones SV102-3228A 40 

1 

0 0 √ 

0 0 √ √ 

0 0 √ √ √ √ 

0 0 

0 K 

1 0 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ √ 

√ √ 

√ 

√ 







SV102-3118C 10 

Possibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera SV102-3119A 12 



Single call from outside with concurrent power-on SV102-3220 48 

CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS 

TO 1 MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

Each column is additionally connected to a specific secondary door unit SV102-3235 44 

CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT SV102-3227 42 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE SV102-0782D 31 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE SV102-1469D 30 

CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE SV102-1574C 30 




SV102-3219 46 

sec.1d −−−− IV 

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1D



FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and 

the various video door phones situated in the apartments. When the 

visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic 

call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and, 

after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen. 

At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes, 

unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock 

can be operated by pressing the key ( ). 

Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention 

of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second 

video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the fi rst 

video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This 

feature guarantees secrecy of vision. 

7+coax 

7+coax 

8+coax 

10+coax 

2 

TC 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3146D: 

“COAX” VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS 

N. 1 One-family kit (1 button) 

with Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/611 


• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling 

button Ref. 1745/81 

• 1 Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/1 with bracket 

Ref. 1202/90 

• 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51 


• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B 

or 


with Artico video door phone Ref. 1705/621 




• 1 Artico video door phone Ref. 1705/1 with bracket 

Ref. 1705/90 




or 

N. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) 




buttons Ref. 1745/82 

• 2 Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 with bracket 

Ref. 1202/90 




or 






• 2 Artico video door phones Ref. 1705/1 with bracket 

Ref. 1705/90 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


VX.003 

2 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams

CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

VIDEO 

POWER SUPPLY 

PS 

AP 

~0 

-6 

+6 

1/~ 

+R 

+TC 

R1 

~12 

SE1 

R1 

R2 

R2 

SE2 

0 

230 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

MAIN~ 

Lock Release 


For two-family 

kits only 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

~0 

V3 

V5 

+TC 

R1 

~12 

SV102-3146D 

CAMERA UNIT 

WITH DOOR UNIT 

AND BUTTONS 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

TC 

sec.1d−−−− 3 





FUNCTION 














7+coax 

7+coax 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES 


6+(n-2)+coax 

6+(n-1)+coax 

6+n+coax 

9+n+coax 

2 

TC 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2631E: 

VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES 

Atlantico model 

N. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1 

N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90 

4 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams 

or 

Artico model 



VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES 



N. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82 

or 





K-Steel model 


N. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80 

or 





manual. 

725 model 



N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600 

N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602 

or 




manual. 

1128 model 

N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21 

N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80 







N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5B 

N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A 

TC

(VX.010) 

(VX.011) 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

U1 

U2 

R2 

R1 

E 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 


Connect jumper L with G/T 

PS 

~12 

SE1 

AP 

~0 

-6 

+6 

+TC 

R1 

R1 

R2 

SE2 

~ 

~ 

C4.007 C4.008 VD.002 VX.003 

VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 VX.014 




CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 


DISTRIBUTOR 

LINE ~ 

Lock Release 

(C4.006) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC LOCK 


MODULE 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

SV102-2631E 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.014) 

TC 

MAIN ~ 

sec.1d−−−− 5 





FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1 

VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only 

This system has the same operation features as the basic system 

(Scheme SV102-2631) with the possibility to add simple house phones 

onto the same riser with phonic service only. 

5 

5 

7+coax 

7+coax 

6+(n-4)+coax 

6+(n-3)+coax 

6+(n-2)+coax 

6+(n-1)+coax 

6+n+coax 

11+n+coax 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-1609E: 




N. X 

or 

Bracket Ref. 1202/90 

Artico model 




N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/1 

N. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133 










or 

K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 











TC


VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1 

VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only 

(VX.010) 

(VX.011) 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

U1 

U2 

R2 

R1 

(VX.008) 

E 


POWER SUPPLY 

VX.003 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 

PS 

~12 

SE1 

AP 

~0 

-6 

+6 

+TC 

R1 

R1 

R2 

SE2 

~ 

~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

~0 

~12 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 


DISTRIBUTOR 

LINE~ 

Lock Release 

~ 

~ 

(C4.006) 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.014) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 

MAIN~ 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

TO THE 

FOLLOWING 

MODULES 

(VD.002) 

SV102-1609E 

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

sec.1d−−−− 7 





FUNCTION 



in parallel with concurrent power-on 

This system is particularly suited for detached houses where it is 

necessary to call and activate 4 video door phones concurrently using 

a single call key. 

As the video power supply can power only one video door phone, 

video door phones 2, 3 and 4 must be powered with a local power 

supply. 

7+coax 

7+coax 

8+coax 

7+coax 

7+coax 

9+coax 

12+coax 

10+coax 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2066D: 



N. 4 Video door phones Ref. 1702/1 

N. 4 Bracket Ref. 1202/90 


or 

Artico model 






or 





K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 




N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601 

or 




manual. 

1128 model 



N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 







N. 1 Power supply (2) Ref. 789/3 



TC

R1 

R2 in 

R2 out 

RL 

R1 

~ 

~ 

ADDITIONAL POWER 

SUPPLY UNIT (2) 

(VX.008) 

R1 

R2 in 

R2 out 

RL 

R1 


SUPPLY UNIT (1) 

(VX.008) 

DIAGRAM NOTES 

~ 

~ 



in parallel with concurrent power-on 

(VX.007) 

LINE~ 

LINE~ 


DISTRIBUTOR 


C4.006 



U2 U1 

R2 

R1 

E 

VX.003 VX.008 VX.023 VX.025 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

PS 

AP 

~0 

-6 

+6 

SE3 

1/~ 

+TC 

R1 

R2 

R2 

R1 

~12 

SE1 

+R 

SE2 


R2 

R1 

RT 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

RT 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

RT 

V4 

V5 

V3 

RT 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

~ 

~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

LINE~ 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

(VX.025) 

2 

1 

4 

3 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

SV102-2066D 

TC 

sec.1d−−−− 9 





FUNCTION 


TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA 



the various video door phones situated in the apartments. 

When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the 

bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone 

loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the 

screen. 



can be operated by pressing the key . 




video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. 

This feature guarantees secrecy of vision. 

Press button on the video door phone to switch on the camera also 

without having received a call. 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3118C: 


BLACK/WHITE 




or 

Artico model 



COLOUR 




or 

8 

8 

2+coax 

7+(n-1)+coax 

7+n+coax 

9 

2 

Utopia model 

N. X Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/1 












or 

K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 





- product technical manual. 

1128 model 












DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 

VX.003 VX.008 

VX.010 VX.011 

VX.012 VX.014


TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA 


(VX.012) 

TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

(VX.010) 

(VX.011) 


DISTRIBUTOR 

RELAY 

BOX 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

LINE ~ 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

(VX.014) 


MAIN ~ 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

Name tag 

lighting 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

(R1) 

(+TC) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Coax 

SEE DIAGRAM 

SV102-3229 

pag.51 

SV102-3118C 

Name tag 

lighting 

sec.1d−−−− 11 





FUNCTION 



This system is particularly suitable in one-family villas. The video door 

phone, besides being connected to a TV camera unit, can self-insert 

on a secondary control TV camera by pressing the service button . 

An internal closed TV circuit system is thus made, which allows the 

control of a room (i.e. children’s room) and the outside entrance at any 

time. 

The secondary TV camera is turned on for about a minute, after which 

it automatically turns off. In any case, a call from the video outdoor 

station automatically switches the video door phone to the external TV 

camera unit thus excluding the second TV camera; in order to reset the 

latter, it is suffi cient to press the service key when the conversation 

with the video outdoor station is over. 

With the other service key it is possible to self-insert also on the 

video outdoor station. 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3119A: 


BLACK/WHITE 




or 

Artico model 



COLOUR 




or 

Utopia model 

N. 1 Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/1 


or 

2+coax 

9+coax 

12+coax 

TC 

Utopia free-hands model 



2 


BLACK/WHITE 








or 

K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 



N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 


COLOUR 






or 





K-Steel model 







manual. 



N. 1 Relay Ref. 788/51 

TC

SEE DIAGRAM 

SV102-3229 

pag.51 

DIAGRAM NOTES 




Coax (R1) 

(+TC) 

C4.006 



VX.003 VX.008 VX.014 

RELAY 

R1 

+TC 

~12 

~0 

SE1 

SE2 

~12 

~0 

TRANSFORMER 


4 

5 

6 

2 

1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

14 

15 

10 

7 

13 

SN1 

SN2 

C1 

9 

C2 

12 

3 

11 

~12 

~0 

8 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

PS 

+R 

AP 

-6 

+6 

R2 

R1 

SE3 

1/~ 

R2 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

LINE ~ 

(VX.014) 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

Name tag 

lighting 

MAIN ~ 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

R1 

+TC 

V5 

V3 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

SV102-3119A 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

TC 

sec.1d−−−− 13 





FUNCTION 

This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones 

to 2 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. 

When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button 

panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the 

corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears 

on the screen after about 8 seconds. 

During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative 

loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor 

station from the service. 

At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, 

lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the 

entrance concerned is activated pressing the key . 

If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button 

panel towards another video door phone, the fi rst will automatically 

switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. It 

is not possible therefore to communicate with the 2 video outdoor 

stations at the same time in that they operate alternatively and are 

mutually exclusive. 

TC 

2 

11+n+ 

coax 

7+coax 

7+coax 

7+coax 


TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS 

6+coax+(n-2) 

6+coax+(n-1) 

6+coax+(n) 

11+n+ 

coax 

2 

TC 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2892D: 






or 

Artico model 







or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 












TC

(VD.002) 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 


MODULE 

(C4.006) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 




(VX.011) 

(VX.010) 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

(C4.006) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 

SV102-2892D 

G/T 

G/T 

TC ~12 

U4 

U4 

~12 

TC 

~0 

U3 

U3 

~0 

~0 

U2 

U2 

~0 

~12 

U1 

U1 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

Name tag 

lighting 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


LINE~ 

~ ~ 

C4.006 



U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2- 

+ 

1 

R1 

+TC 

V5 

V3 

C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VD.002 

VX.003 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 VX.014 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

U1 

U2 

R2 

R1 

E 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

R1 R2 AP - SE R1 ~ + 

PS 

6 6 0 

+ 1 12 ~ SE 

2 TC 

Lock Release 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 


DISTRIBUTOR 

11 14 

8 

5 

2 

~0 

~12 

SN2 SN1 

6 

15 

12 

3 

9 

RELAY 

BOX 

C1 

C2 

4 

13 

10 

1 

7 

Lock Release 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

R1 

+TC 

V5 

V3 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.014) 

Name tag 

lighting 

MAIN~ 


MODULE 

(VD.002) 

sec.1d−−−− 15 





FUNCTION 

This type of system is used to connect a video door phone column to 

an automatically switching video door unit or door unit. 

A two-tone electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door 

phone speaker when a call button is pressed on either of the two 

panels; the picture appears on the screen after approximately seven 

seconds if the call was made by the video door unit. 

The video door phone will not light up and the video door phone will 

work as a normal door phone if the call is made from thcamera unit and 

panel. 

Press at the end of the call to open the concerned door electrical 

lock only. 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2934C: 





or 

Artico model 







or 

TC 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

AND 1 DOOR UNIT 

11+n+ 

coax 

7+coax 

7+coax 

7+coax 

6+coax+(n-2) 

6+coax+(n-1) 

6+coax+(n) 

9+n 





TC 

K-Steel model 







manual. 


or 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 













or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 






1128 model 







product technical manual.


MODULE 

TC 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT 


G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 

(C4.006) 

U1 

U2 

R2 

R1 

E 

(VX.011) 

(VX.010) 

R1 ~ ~ 

AP - + SE + 

6 6 12 0 

~ ~ 2 TC SE R1 

1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2- 

+ 

1 

R1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 


R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

11 

8 

~0 

~12 

1 

3 

6 

15 

14 

5 

2 

C1 

C2 

SN2 SN1 

4 

13 

12 10 

R2 PS 

(C4.006) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

9 

7 

ELECTRIC LOCK 


LINE ~ 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.016) 



DISTRIBUTOR 




RELAY 

BOX 

Lock Release Lock Release 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

SV102-2934C 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.014) 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

MAIN~ 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VD.002 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 

VX.014 

sec.1d−−−− 17 





FUNCTION 


to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is 

suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments. 




on the screen after about 7 seconds. During this phase, the relay box 

automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera, 

excluding the other video outdoor station from the service. At this 

point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the 

handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance 

concerned is activated pressing the key . If, during a conversation, 

a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video 

door phone, the fi rst will automatically switch off and the last video 

door phone called will be activated. In this system it is not possible 

to speak simultaneously from the four outdoor stations because they 

work one at a time in automatic switching. 

TC 

7+coax 

7+coax 

7+coax 

11+n+ 

coax 



6+coax+(n-2) 

6+coax+(n-1) 

6+coax+(n) 

11+n+ 

coax 

2 2 

TC 

11+n+ 

coax 

11+n+ 

coax 

2 2 

TC 

TC 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3078B: 






or 

Artico model 







or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 











TC


MODULE 

TC 

(C4.016) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.007) 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

(VX.011) 

(VX.010) 


(VX.008) 

(C4.006) 

(C4.016) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.007) 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

SN2 

SN3 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

(C4.006) 

(C4.006) 

Name tag 

lighting 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

1 

2 

-6 

+6 

INPUT B INPUT C 

1 

2 

-6 

+6 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) ~0 

~12 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

~0 

~12 

(VD.002) 

ELECTRIC LOCK 


MODULE 

(C4.016) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.007) 

G/T 

TC 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


ELECTRIC LOCK 

C4.006 



U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

Lock Release 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

(C4.006) 

~12 

~0 

SE 

1 

2 

-6 

+6 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 R2 V5V3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

9621 

~12 

~0 

SE 

SN1 SN4 

1 

2 

-6 

+6 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC +TC 

R1 

INPUT A 

INPUT D 

V5 

V3 

~12 

~0 

SE 

~12 

~0 

SE 

Lock Release 

VOLTAGE 

LINE~ 

C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VD.002 

VX.003 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 VX.014 




RELAY 

BOX 

COLUMN 

~A AP ~B~12 -6 SE +6 +TC R1 R2 -6I-6U 

C1 C2 C3 C4 

~ ~ ~0 AP~12 

SE1 -6 SE2 +6 +TC R1 R2 PS 


POWER SUPPLY 

Lock Release 

Lock Release 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

(C4.016) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

ELECTRIC LOCK 


MODULE 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

SV102-3078B 

(VD.002) 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.014) 

TC 

TC 

LINE~ 

sec.1d−−−− 19 





FUNCTION 

7+ 

coax 

7+ 

coax 




This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is 

necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station 

and to a common one located at the main entry. 

During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the 

main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by 

means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor 

stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously. 

When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the 

group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones 

continue to service towards the secondary. 

TC 

6+coax+(n-1) 

6+coax+(n-1) 7+ 

6+coax+(n) 

coax 

8+n+ 

coax 

6+coax+(n) 

2 

10+coax+ 

K(n+1) 2 

2 

TC 

8+n+ 

coax 

7+ 

coax 

TC 


EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3079A: 






or 

Artico model 






N. K+1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82 

or 





K-Steel model 


N. K+1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80 

or 





manual. 

725 model 



N. K+1 Camera Ref. 725/600 

N. K+1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602 

or 




manual. 

1128 model 

N. K+1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21 

N. K+1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80 







N. K+1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5B 

N. K+1 Relay box Ref. 788/51 

>1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A 

TC


MODULE 

TC 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

(C4.017) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.007) 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.002) (VX.008) 

DIAGRAM NOTES 





LINE ~ 

C4.006 



Lock Release 

~ ~ ~ SE R1+ 

+ - APR1R2PS 

~ SE 

12 2 TC 6 6 

0 1 

(VX.010) 

(VX.011) 

SN1 SN2 

~ ~ R1 

R2 ~ 

12 6 

SE PS AP 

0 

R1 

TC 

~ - + + SE 

1 6 2 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

(VX.014) 


7 

13 

C1 

14 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

11 

1 3 

4 6 

LINE ~ 

C4.007 C4.008 C4.017 VD.002 

VX.001 VX.002 VX.003 VX.008 VX.014 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

RELAY 

BOX 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

~ ~ 

15 

9 C2 0 12 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

8 

5 2 

12 

Name tag 

lighting 

1st COLUMN 2nd COLUMN 

Lock Release 

LINE~ 

(C4.006) 

(C4.017) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.007) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 


MODULE 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 

Name tag 

lighting 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

(VD.002) 


DISTRIBUTOR 

TC 

U1 U2 

R1 

U3 

R2 

U4 

U5 

E 

SN1 

SV102-3079A 

CONNECTION AS 1ST GROUP 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

R1 

13 

C1 

SN1 

Coax 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

R1 

13 

C1 

Coax 

TC 

Calls 

Common 

TO THE FOLLOWING COLUMN 

sec.1d−−−− 21 





FUNCTION 



Each columns is also connected to its own 

secondary outdoor station 


necessary to connect the single villas to an own video outdoor station 


During calling the interested video door phone is automatically swItched 

on the main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own 

group, by means of the switching relay. The services for secondary 

outdoor stations are independent, so that they can be realized 

simultaneously. When the call is coming from the main video outdoor 

station, only the group of the called video door phone is switched on it, 

the other ones continue to service the secondary. 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2935E: 





or 

Artico model 







or 

7+ 

coax 

6+n+coax 

7+ 

coax 

9+n 

2 

6+n+coax 

8+n+coax 

8+n+ 

coax 

10+coax+ 

K(n+1) 

TC 

6+n+coax 

7+ 

coax 

6+n+coax 

8+n+coax 





2 

7+ 

coax 

9+n 

K= number of columns 

TC 

K-Steel model 







manual. 


or 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 













or 





K-Steel model 



or 





manual. 

725 model 

N. K+1 Panels with N buttons Mod. 725 


or 






1128 model 







product technical manual.


MODULE 

TC 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 


DISTRIBUTOR 

(VX.001) 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

(C4.017) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.007) 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 

POWER SUPPLY 

FOR VIDEO DOOR 


(VX.002) (VX.008) 

U5 U4 U3 

R2 

R1 

E U1 U2 

Lock 

Release 

LINE ~ 



Each columns is also connected to its own 

secondary outdoor station 

POWER SUPPLY 



(VX.008) 


R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

SN1 

1 

4 

7 

13 

C1 

11 

12 

~ ~ ~ SE R1+ 

+ - AP R1R2PS ~ SE 

12 2 TC 6 6 

0 1 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

AS USER 

AS USER 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

14 

A 

A 

USER 

A 

RELAY 

BOX 

LINE ~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 


8 5 2 

SN2 

~ ~ PS ~ - ~ + 

0 6 12 6 

3 

6 

10 

15 

9 

~ ~ 

C2 0 12 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ 

12 S1 2 S3 

(VX.014) LINE~ 


N. K Door phone power supply Ref. 786/11 


N. K Call repeater relay Ref. 788/52 

>1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A 

Lock 

Release 

CALL 

REPEATER 

RELAY 

(C4.006) 

(C4.017) 

(C4.008) 

(C4.007) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 


DISTRIBUTOR 

(VX.001) 

U1 U2 

R1 

U3 

R2 

U4 

U5 

E 


MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 VD.002 VX.001 

VX.002 VX.008 VX.014 VX.034 


SN1 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

R1 

13 

C1 

Coax 

SV102-2935E 

SN1 

Coax 

Coax 

Coax 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

R1 

13 

C1 

Calls 

Common 

TO THE 

FOLLOWING 

COLUMN 

sec.1d−−−− 23 





FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF 

ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT 


This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video 

door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the 

same time in parallel by the video outdoor station. Switching from one 

service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by 

a relay device. 

When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation 

from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded. 

If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom 

conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to 

the outside. 

Extra buzzers are used for intercom calls; for external calls from 

the video outdoor station, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the 

loudspeaker of the handset of the video door phone concerned. 

The and service keys are used for intercom calls. 

When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor 

station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation, 

the electric lock is released pressing the key . 

Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted 

automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power 

supply. 

12+coax 

12+coax 

12+coax 

12+coax 

12+2coax 

10+coax 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2970D: 






or 

Artico model 






or 





K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 



N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 







N. 1 Power supply Ref. 789/3 

N. 1 Impedance generator Ref. 789/51 


N. 3 Extra Buzzer Ref. 9854/52 

N. 1 Kit of 10 diodes Ref. 1131/4 


TC

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF 

ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT 


TC 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

+ 

- 

1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


(C4.006) 

C4.014 VX.003 VX.006 VX.007 VX.008 

(VX.007) 

VX.021 


LINE ~ 

(VX.008) 

(VX.008) 

LINE~ 


R1 

R1 

R2 R1 R2 

in out 

~ ~ 

POWER 

SUPPLY 


DISTRIBUTOR 

U2 U1 

R2 

R1 

E 

R 

75 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

R 

75 

RT 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

RT 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

R2 

R1 

RT 

V4 

V5 

V3 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

Alt 

Mic 

BUZZER 

Alt 

Mic 

BUZZER 

Alt 

Mic 

BUZZER 

+ 

6 

SE ~ 

1 12 

~ - 

0 6 PS + ~ ~ R2 

SE 

2 

+ 

R 

1 

TC /~ 

- 

6 

- 

J 

AP R2 

POWER 

SUPPLY 

Lock Release 

47 

3W 

47 

3W 

~ 

12 0 

2 

15 

9 

7 

8 

~ C2 C1 11 

6 

SN1 

SN2 

4 

13 

3 1 

145 

10 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

-/~ 

+/~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

-/~ 

+/~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

-/~ 

+/~ 

47 

3W 

12 

IMPEDANCE 

GENERATOR 

RELAY 

BOX 

SV102-2970D 

3 

2 

1 

sec.1d−−−− 25 





FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH 

POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT 




same time in parallel by the video outdoor station. 

Switching from one service to another is automatic and is assured 

during the call phase by a relay device. 

When the intercom service is activate, listening to the conversation 




the outside. 

Extra buzzers are used for external calls from the video outdoor 

station; for intercom calls, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the 







supply. 

"9" 

"8" 

"3" 

"2" 

"1" 

19+coax 

19+coax 

19+coax 

20+coax 

19+coax 

23+coax 

25+coax 

25+coax 

19+coax 

12+coax 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2972D: 



N. 9 Video door phone Ref. 1702/1 

N. 9 Bracket with 8 Button add-on Ref. 1702/86 









or 

K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 



N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 


VARIOUS 













DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.014 VD.002 VX.001 VX.003 VX.006 VX.007 VX.008 

VX.021 


TC

CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH 

POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT 


Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

(VD.002) 

(C4.006) 

POWER 

SUPPLY (2) 

R2 R1 R2 

in out 

~ ~ 

LINE~ 

(VX.008) 

POWER 

SUPPLY 

(1) 

(VX.007) 

R2 R1 R2 

in out 

~ ~ 

LINE~ 

(VX.008) 

TO THE 

VIDEO R1RD 


6 - 7 

TO THE 



4 - 5 R1RD 

(VX.007) 

LINE~ 

(VX.008) 

POWER 

SUPPLY 

(1) 

(VX.001) 

(VX.008) 

LINE~ 

R1 R2 

R1 

~ ~ 

AP 


~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1 

+ 

- 

2 

1A 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 

R2 R1 R2 

in out 

~ ~ 


DISTRIBUTOR 

U5 U4 U3 U2 U1 

R1 

R2 

E 

Lock 

Release 

R 

75 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

R 

75 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

R2 

R1 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

R 

75 

RD 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

SE 2 

R2 

R1 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

RD 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

POWER 

SUPPLY 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

G/T2 

T6 

T5 

T4 

T3 

T2 

T1 

G/T 

-/~ 

+/~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

G/T2 

T6 

T5 

T4 

T3 

T2 

T1 

G/T 

-/~ 

+/~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

G/T2 

T6 

T5 

T4 

T3 

T2 

T1 

G/T 

-/~ 

+/~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

G/T2 

T6 

T5 

T4 

T3 

T2 

T1 

G/T 

-/~ 

+/~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

G/T2 

T6 

T5 

T4 

T3 

T2 

T1 

G/T 

-/~ 

+/~ 

47 

3W 

SE ~ ~- + + 

PS 1 12 0 6 6 TC 

1 /~ 

~ 

12 0 

2 15 

7 

8 

~ C2 C1 11 

6 

SN1 

3 

13 

4 

10 

SN2 

1 

14 

5 

IMPEDANCE 

CALL 

GENERATOR 

REPEATER 

RELAY 

- - 

6 J 

RELAY 

BOX 

S3 

S1 12~2 

9 

8 

3 

2 

1 

SV102-2972D 

sec.1d−−−− 27 





FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH 

POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITS 

The video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent 

power-on 

The 3 video door phones perform the intercom service and can be 

called at the same time in parallel by one of the two video outdoor 

stations. 

Switching to the three services is automatic and is assured during the 

call phase by a relay device. 


from the loudspeaking units of the video outdoor stations is excluded. 

If a call is made from the one of the two video outdoor stations during 

an intercom conversation, all the video door phones are automatically 

switched to the entrance from which the call has been sent. 

Therefore, concurrent communication with the 2 video outdoor stations 

is not possible in that either one or the other of these operates 

alternatively, in mutual exclusion. 

Extra buzzers are used for the intercom calls while for those of the 

video outdoor stations, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the 


When the video door phones are called in parallel by the one of the two 

video outdoor stations, they switch on at the same time. At the end of 

the conversation, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is 

released pressing the key . 



supply. 

12+coax 

2 

11+coax 

12+coax 

TC 

11+coax 

11+coax 

13+coax 

12+coax 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3257A: 













or 

K-Steel model 


or 





manual. 

725 model 





or 




manual. 

1128 model 



N. 2 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2 

N. X Blank module (*) Ref. 1128/30-/31 







N. 1 Supplementary power supply Ref. 789/2 


N. 1 Relay box (1) Ref. 788/54 

N. 1 Relay box (2) Ref. 788/52 




TC

TC 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH 

POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITS 

The video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent 

power-on 

(VD.002) 

TC 

Name tag 

lighting 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

(C4.016) 

U1 

G/T 

(C4.016) 

R2out 

RL 

0 

R1 

R2in 

R1 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

(C4.006) 

(C4.006) 

R1 R2 V5V3 

(VX.008) 

LINE~ 


L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

~0 

~12 +TC 

R1 

V5 

V3 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

~0 

~12 +TC 

R1 

V5 

V3 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

LINE ~ 

C4.006 



C4.014 C4.016 

VD.002 VX.003 VX.006 VX.008 

230 

SN2 

1 

2 

-6 

+6 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

~0 

~12 

SE 

Lock Release 

Lock Release 

VX.021 


SN1 

1 

2 

-6 

+6 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

~0 

~12 

SE 

~~ 

R 

75 

R 

75 

U2 U1 

R1 

R2 

E 

INPUT B 

INPUT A 

R1 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

RD 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

BUZZER -/~ 

+/~ 

47 

3W 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

~0 AP ~12SE1-6 SE2 +6 +TC R1 PS R2 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

BUZZER -/~ 

+/~ 

47 

3W 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

BUZZER -/~ 

+/~ 

47 

3W 


DISTRIBUTOR 

COLUMN 

RELAY 

BOX(1) 

VOLTAGE 

9621 

I G 

N N 

H D ~0 ~A AP ~B ~12 -6 SE +6 +TC R1 C1 C2 C3 C4 R2 -6I-6U 


POWER SUPPLY 

S1 S2 15 14 

SN3 

1 

2 

-6 

+6 

INPUT C 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

INPUT D 

~12 

~0 

SE 

SN4 

1 

2 

-6 

+6 

~12 

SE 

~0 

+TC 

R1 

V5 

V3 

RELAY 

BOX(2) 

-6 -J 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

IMPEDANCE 

GENERATOR 

SV102-3257A 

sec.1d−−−− 29 





SV102-1469D 

SV102-1574C 

SV102-1469D: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL 

TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE 

SV102-1574C: CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

CHIME 

12V~ 

Ref.788/52 

RELE' 

S1 

S3 

RISING COLUMN 

CA 

6 

~12 

~0 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

LINE~ 

TRANSFORMER 

~ 

12 

~ 

0 

~ ~ 

R1 R2 COAX 

Ref.9000/230 

(VX.008) 

9 621 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

RISING 

COLUMN 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

R1 R2 COAX 

9 621 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 


calls 

calls

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/2 

R2 R1 R2 

in out 

~ 

~ 

LINE ~ 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL 

TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE 

R1 

RT 

V4 

V5 

V3 

RT 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

Calls 

1 

2 

6 

9 

COAX 

COAX 

R2 

R1 

SV102-0782D 

FROM 

RISING 

COLUMN 

sec.1d−−−− 31 





FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL TO A 

SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT 


The system is particularly suitable to be installed in buildings where 

three video door phones belonging to a more complex system with 

video door phone unit must be called and switched on at the same time 

by one only call button. 

Since the video power unit cannot power more than one video door 

phone, a supplementary local power unit is needed to power video 

door phones 2 and 3. 

7+coax 

8+2coax 

7+coax 

7+2coax 

10+2coax 

7+2coax 

FROM RISING 

COLUMN 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2132E: 






or 

Artico model 






N. 1 Door phone power supply Ref. 786/11 

N. 1 Relay Ref. 788/52 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


VX.001 VX.007 VX.008

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

R2 R1 R2 

in out 

~ ~ 

LINE~ 

CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL TO A 

SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT 


U2 

R1 

R2 

U1 

U5 

E 

(VX.001) 


R2 

R1 

RT 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

RT 

V4 

V5 

V3 

RT 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 


DISTRIBUTOR 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

RELAY 

0 ~ 

S3 

~ 

12 

CA 

6 

S1 

0 ~ ~ 12 PS 

(VX.008) 

LINE~ 

~ 

~ 

47 

3W 


POWER SUPPLY 

calls 

SV102-2132E 

1 

2 

6 

9 

COAX 

COAX 

R2 

R1 

FROM 

RISING 

COLUMN 

sec.1d−−−− 33 





FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS TO A SYSTEM 

WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT 









The external call from the video door phone system is sent to the video 

door phone speaker. The intercom call is sent to the buzzers. 







supply. 

11+coax 

12+2coax 

11+coax 

12+2coax 

12+2coax 

7+2coax 

FROM RISING 

COLUMN 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-1349E: 






or 

Artico model 









N. 1 Relay box “B” Ref. 788/52 


DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.014 VX.006 VX.007 VX.008 

VX.021 


VX.023 VX.034

FROM 

RISING 

COLUMN 

CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS TO A SYSTEM 

WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT 


(VX.007) 

MAIN~ 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.021) 

(C4.014) 


DISTRIBUTOR 


-/ 

+/ 

-/ 

+/ 

-/ 

+/ 

RELAY 

BOX (B) 

POWER SUPPLY 

LINE~ 

SV102-1349E 

RELAY 

BOX (A) 

sec.1d−−−− 35 





FUNCTION 


Distance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to 

1000 metres 

The system allows the connection between the video door phone unit 

and the various video door phones located in the apartments also 

when the distance between them is higher than 300 m and lower than 

1000m. 

When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the 

bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone 

loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the 

screen. 









>300m 

LINE~ LINE~ 

LINE~ 

(VX.008) 

0 


Distance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to 

1000 metres 

230 

R2out 

RL 

R1 

R1 

R2in 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

0 

230 

R2out 

RL 

R1 

R1 

R2in 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

OUT 

IN 

VIDEO AMPLIFIER 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 





(VX.010) 

(VX.011) 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

0 

230 

PS 

1/~ 

+R 

AP 

~0 

-6 

+6 

R2 

R2 

R1 

+TC 

R1 

~12 

SE1 

SE2 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

LINE~ 

(VX.008) 

Lock 

Release 


(C4.006) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

R1 

+TC 

V3 

V5 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 


MODULES 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VD.002) 

C4.007 C4.008 

VD.002 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 VX.016 

SV102-1241D 

TC 

sec.1d−−−− 37 





FUNCTION 
















7+coax 

7+coax 

6+(n-2)+coax 

6+(n-1)+coax 

6+n+coax 

9+n+coax 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3063A: 






or 

Utopia model 

N. X Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/1 




N. 1 Module camera Ref. 1745/40 

N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22 



or 





K-Steel model 








manual. 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 VD.002 VX.003 

VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 

TC


POWER 

SUPPLY 



(VX.010) 

(VX.011) 



R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R2 

R1 

V4 

V5 

V3 


DISTRIBUTOR 

U1 

U2 

R2 

R1 

E 

(VX.008) 

LINE~ 


PS 

AP 

~0 

-6 

+6 

1/~ 

SE1 

+R 

~12 

+TC 

R1 

R1 

R2 

R2 

SE2 

~ 

~ 

CA 126 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 126 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

Lock Release 

(C4.006) 

G/T 

~0 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 


MODULES 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(VD.002) 

SV102-3063A 

TC 

sec.1d−−−− 39 





FUNCTION 


Door open indicator on video door phones 

The system provides an open door monitoring service, in addition to 

providing a connection between the video door unit and the various 

colour video door phone in the apartments following a call. 

An indicator LED lights up on all video door phones when the entrance 

door is open. 

"B" 

"A" 

10+coax 

10+coax 

10+coax 

8+n+coax 

(NOTE *) 

8+n+coax 

(NOTE *) 

13+n+coax 

TC 

4 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3228A: 


EXAMPLE “A” 

Utopia model 




or 

EXAMPLE “B” 













or 





K-Steel model 








manual. 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 VD.002 

VX.003 VX.006 VX.008 VX.010 

VX.011 VX.012 VX.014 VX.015 

NOTE *: add 1 optional conductor for the video door phone 

autoinsertion (with the Utopia free-hands video door phone is 

possible also the fonic autoinsertion). 

TC


Door open indicator on video door phones 

(VX.011) 

(VX.006) 

(VX.012) BOX 

RELAY 

NOTE * 

(VX.008) 

(VX.015) 

(VX.010) 

POWER SUPPLY 

NOTE * 

NOTA * 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

(VX.014) 


R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 


14 S1 

15 S2 

230 

0 

P2 

+12 

GND 

P1 

1/~ 

R2 

PS 

~12 

+R 

SE1 

AP 

~0 

-6 

+6 

R1 

+TC 

R2 

R1 

SE3 

SE2 

~ 

~ 

~12 

~0 

~ 

~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

T6 

// 

// 

G/T 

T1 

AP 

+ 

R 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

+ 

AP 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

+ 

AP 

R3 

LINE ~ 

LINE~ 

LINE~ 

Lock Release 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.006) 

"B" 

"A" 

(C4.007) (C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

R1 

+TC 

V3 

V5 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~12 

~0 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

(VD.002) 

Name tag 

lighting 

DOOR OPEN 

NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT 

TC 

SV102-3228 

sec.1d−−−− 41 





FUNCTION 







The video door phone monitor will be blank and will work as a regular 

free-hands door phone if the call is received from the door unit. 


lock only. 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3227: 











or 

TC 

CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 

VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT 

11+n 

+coax 

7+coax 

7+coax 

7+coax 

6+coax+(n-2) 

6+coax+(n-1) 

6+coax+n 

9+n 





TC 

K-Steel model 








manual. 



N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14 








or 

K-Steel model 

N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A 


or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 






1128 model 












DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VD.002 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 

VX.014

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

(C4.016) 

(VD.002) 

CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 

VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

(C4.007) (C4.008) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

R1 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

LINE ~ 

(VX.011) 

(VX.010) 

R1 R2 ~ ~ R2 + 

R 

(C4.006) 

~12 

~0 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.014) 

MAIN ~ 


~ 

~ 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

U1 

U2 

R2 

R1 

E 


CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 


DISTRIBUTOR 

R1 AP - + ~ ~ SE + SE 

1 PS 

6 6 12 0 2 TC 1 

/ 

~ 

11 

8 

~0 

~12 

1 

3 

6 

15 

14 

5 

C1 2 

C2 

SN2 SN1 

13 4 

12 10 

9 

7 

RELAY 

BOX 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release Lock Release 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.007) (C4.008) 

G/T 

U4 

~0 

U3 

~12 

U2 

~12 

U1 

~0 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

SV102-3227 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.016) 

sec.1d−−−− 43 





FUNCTION 











EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3235: 











or 

7+ 

coax 

CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 

MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

Each column is additionally connected to a specifi c secondary door unit 

6+n+coax 

7+ 

coax 

9+n 

2 

6+n+coax 

8+n+coax 

8+n+ 

coax 

8+n+coax 

10+coax+ 

K(n+1) 

TC 

6+n+coax 

7+ 

coax 

6+n+coax 

7+ 

coax 





2 

9+n 

K= number of columns 

TC 

K-Steel model 








manual. 



N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14 








or 

K-Steel model 

N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A 


or 





manual. 

725 model 



or 






1128 model 









N. K+1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5B 



DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



C4.007 C4.008 C4.017 VD.002 

VX.001 VX.002 VX.003 VX.008 VX.014

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

(C4.007) 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

(C4.008) 

CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 

MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

Each column is additionally connected to a specifi c secondary door unit 

U3 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

U4 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

U3 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

U4 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

U3 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

U4 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

1 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

L 

V5 

V3 

+TC 

R1 

~0 

~12 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

(VD.002) 

Lock 

Release 

LINE ~ 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.002) (VX.008) 

(VX.011) 

(VX.010) 

1 3 

4 

6 

7 

POWER SUPPLY 



(VX.008) 

(VX.014) 


LINE ~ 

SN1 

13 

C1 

~ ~ ~ 0 SE2 

R1+C 

T + 6-6AP R1R2PS ~2 1 SE1 R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

14 

~ ~ 

15 1211 101 2 0 C2 

9 

~ ~ 

12 

~ ~ 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

9 

10 

X1 

X2 

Y1 

Y2 

R3 

8 5 2 

SN2 

~ ~ R1R2 

+C T R1R2 

S E1~2 

1 ~0 PS AP 

-6 

+ 6 SE2 

Name tag 

lighting 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

RELAY 

BOX 

LINE~ 


~ ~ 

12 

(C4.006) 

Lock Release 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ ~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.014) 

(C4.007) (C4.008) 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

L 

1A 

2 

- 

+ 

1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

LINE~ 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

Name tag 

lighting 


DISTRIBUTOR 

U1 U2 

R1 

U3 

R2 

U4 

E 

SV102-3235 


SN1 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

R1 

13 

C1 

Coax 

SN1 

1 

4 

-6 

7 

R1 

13 

C1 

Coax 

Calls 

Common 


COLUMN 

sec.1d−−−− 45 





FUNCTION 





same time by the video outdoor station. Switching from one service to 

another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by a relay 

device. 





the outside. 







supply. 

12+coax 

12+coax 

12+coax 

12+coax 

12+2coax 

10+coax 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3219: 


Utopia model 












or 

K-Steel model 



N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/13A 





manual. 



N. 1 Door phone power supply with relay Ref. 786/15 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



VD.002 VX.003 VX.008 VX.014 VX.031 

TC

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 



(VD.002) 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

Name tag 

lighting 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

U1 

U2 

U3 

G/T 

L 

- 

+ 

1A 

2 

1 

V5 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

(C4.006) 


R1 

R2 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

R1 

R2 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

LINE ~ 

(VX.031) 

(VX.031) 

(VX.031) 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

Y1 

Y2 

X1 

X2 

9 

10 

Z1 

Z2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

Y1 

Y2 

X1 

X2 

9 

10 

Z1 

Z2 

R3 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

Y1 

Y2 

X1 

X2 

9 

10 

Z1 

Z2 

R3 

~0 ~12 SE1 R1 R1+TC SE2 ~ ~ AP -6 +6 R2 1 PS 

/ 

~ 

Lock Release 

LINE ~ 

"3" 

"2" 

"1" 

SV102-3219 

5 

2 

7 

SN1 

C2 

~0 

8 

9 

4 

PS 

-J 

SN2 

1 

- 

+ 

6 

3 

C1 

~12 

PS2 

0 

230 



WITH RELAY 

(VX.008) 

sec.1d−−−− 47 





FUNCTION 













the outside. 







supply. 

11+coax 

10+coax 

8+coax 

12+coax 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3220: 


Utopia model 











or 

K-Steel model 

N. 1 Module with camera Ref. 1755/41 





manual. 



N. 1 Door phone power supply with relay Ref. 786/15 


DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 



C4.014 VD.002 VX.003 VX.008 VX.014 VX.031 

TC

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 




(VD.002) 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

Name tag 

lighting 

~0 U1 

~12 

G/T 

L 

- 

+ 

1A 

2 

1 

V5 

~0 

~12 

V3 

R1 

+TC 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

(C4.006) 


R2 

R1 

RD 

V4 

V5 

V3 

(C4.014) (VX.031) 

RD 

R1 

R2 

V4 

V5 

V3 

(C4.014) (VX.031) 

LINE ~ 

R3 

Z1 

Z2 

CA 

~0 ~12 SE1 R1 R1+TC SE2 ~ ~ AP -6 +6 R2 1 PS 

/ 

~ 

Lock Release 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

Y1 

Y2 

X1 

X2 

R3 

Z1 

Z2 

CA 

1 

2 

6 

10 

9 

Y1 

Y2 

X1 

X2 

LINE ~ 

SV102-3220 

"2" 

"1" 

5 

2 

(VX.008) 

7 

SN1 

C2 

~0 

8 

9 

4 

PS 

-J 

SN2 

1 

- 

+ 

6 

3 

C1 

~12 

PS2 

0 

230 



WITH RELAY 

sec.1d−−−− 49 





SV102-3294 

SEVERAL RISER 

ONE RISER 

CONNECTION WITH DISTRIBUTION AT RISER BEGINNING 

In each riser the cable goes in and 

comes out from each video door phone 

CONNECTION WITH DISTRIBUTION 

TO THE FLOORS 

SERIES CONNECTION 

The cable goes in and 

mes out from each video door phone 

EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION 

Power supply 

TC Ref.789/5B 

TC 

(Max. 10 

distributors) Video power unit Ref. 789/5B can power up to 10 

video distributors Ref. 1794/4A if Atlantico, or Scaitel 

video door phones are not connected in parallel. Use 

two additional wires in the system and other power 

units Ref. 789/2 (one for each next group of 20) to 

install more distributors. 

With distributor in which the U5 output is used it is 

Note: if on the video door phone terminals V4 and 

necessary to remove the 75 Ohm resistance 

V5 there is not the coaxial cable connect the 

(mounted raised from the PCB) . 

75Ω 1/4W resistance. 


TC 

Power supply 

Ref.789/5B 

(Max. 10 

distributors)

SEVERAL RISER 

IN EACH RISER THE CABLE CONNECTION IS MADE WITH DISTRIBUTION TO THE FLOORS 



TC 

SV102-3295 

Power supply 

Ref.789/5B 

(Max. 10 

distributors) 

Note: if on the video door phone terminals V4 and 

V5 there is not the coaxial cable connect the 

75Ω 1/4W resistance. 

Video power unit Ref. 789/5B can power up to 10 

video distributors Ref. 1794/4A if Atlantico, or Scaitel 

monitors are not connected in parallel. Use two 

additional wires in the system and other power units 

Ref. 789/2 (one for each next group of 20) to install 

more distributors. 

With distributor in which the U5 output is used it is 

necessary to remove the 75 Ohm resistance 

(mounted raised from the PCB) 

sec.1d−−−− 51 





SV102-3296A 

II GROUP 

DISTRIBUTOR 

I GROUP 

DISTRIBUTOR 


VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR 



I COLUMN II COLUMN 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.1794/4A 

Video power unit Ref. 789/5B can 

power up to 10 video distributors 

Ref. 1794/4A if Atlantico, or Scaitel 

monitors are not connected in 

parallel. Use two additional wires in 

the system and other power units 

Ref. 789/2 (one for each next group 

of 20) to install more distributors. 

With distributor in which the U5 

output is used it is necessary to 

remove the 75 Ohm resistance 

(mounted raised from the PCB) 



DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.1794/4A 

(VX.001) 

SEVERAL COLUMNS 

II GROUP 

DISTRIBUTOR 

TC 




DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.1794/4A 

MAIN~ 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/2 

MAIN~ 

I GROUP 

DISTRIBUTOR 



MAIN~ 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/2 

MAIN~ 


POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/5B 

TO THE FOLLOWING COLUMNS 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/2 

SUPPLEMENTARY 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/2 


B/W 

COLOUR 

EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION TVCC CAMERE OR MICROCAMERA 

Vision Ref. Risolution 

CAMERA 

Power Power supply Example 

(line) voltage adviced 

of 

Ref. connection 

1840/44 

1 

1090/108 380 

1090/850 or 

2 

12 Vcc 1090/849 

(VX.032) 1840/44 

1 

1090/141 >380 

1090/850 or 

2 

B/W 

1090/849 

1090/142 >380 230 Vca 

- - 

3 

1092/001A 420 

12 Vcc 

(VX.033) 

1840/44 

1090/850 or 

1090/849 

1 

2 

1092/002A 420 230 Vca 

- - 3 

1090/122 420 230 Vca 

- - 3 

1090/215 380 

230 Vca 

- - 

3 

COLOUR 


MICROCAMERA 

12Vdc 

(VX.032) 

12Vdc 

(VX.032) 

SV102-3229A 

Vision Use Ref. Risolution Power Power supply Accessories Example 

(line) voltage adviced 

Ref. 

of 

Ref. 

connection 

Example 1 

1090/241 

1090/243 

Internal 

External 

Internal 

External 

ne 

bi/ne 

Example 3 

350 

1090/117 

1090/185 

1090/187 

1090/189 

1090/191 

1090/194 

1090/188 

1090/198 

+ - R1 +TC 

12 

VOLTAGE ADAPTER 

12 Vcc 

(VX.032) 

350 230 Vca 

>420 

420 

>420 

>420 

420 

420 

300 

380 

Line~ 

Coax 

R1 

+TC 

(VX.008) 

1840/44 

1090/849 

NOTE: For optics, bracket, custody see the TVCC technical manual. 

- - 

Example 2 

1 

2 

3 

1840/44 

1090/850 or 

1090/849 

1840/44 

1090/850 or 

1090/849 

1840/44 

1090/850 or 

1090/849 

1840/44 

1090/850 or 

1090/849 

1090/849 

1840/44 

1090/850 or 

1090/849 

1840/44 

1090/850 or 

1090/849 

1840/44 

1090/849 

- + 

12 

POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

Coax 

1090/840 

1090/840 only 

for 1090/850 

1090/840 

1090/840 only 

for 1090/850 

1090/840 

1090/840 only 

for 1090/850 

1090/840 

1090/840 only 

for 1090/850 

- - 

1090/840 

1090/840 only 

for 1090/850 

1090/840 

1090/840 only 

for 1090/850 

1090/840 

- - 

Line~ 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

Coax 

sec.1d−−−− 53 







SECTION 1E 

(REV.D) 

5-WIRE ELECTRONIC 

VIDEO DOOR PHONE 





sec.1e−−−− 1 



DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1E 

SECTION 1E CONTENTS 


BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 5-WIRE ELECTRONIC DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS 


CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT.................................................... SV102-3147B ..............1e ................2 

CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT ...................................................... SV102-2082C ..............1e ................4 

CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT.................................................... SV102-2081B ..............1e ................5 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION......................... SV102-2633H .............1e ................6 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ................................................................SV102-2902G ..............1e ................8 


Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725) ................................................................................................. SV102-2913B ..............1e ............. 10 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS 

Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ................................................................. SV102-3092D ..............1e ............. 12 


Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725) .................................................................................................. SV102-2806F ..............1e ............. 14 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT 

Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel)............................................................................ SV102-3121C ..............1e ............. 16 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES 


Each column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station 

(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) .................................................................................................................... SV102-3060B ..............1e ............. 18 



Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station 

(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ..................................................................................................................... SV102-3094D ..............1e ............. 20 


(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) 

The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at the same time ..................... SV102-3166C ............. 1e ............. 22 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION 

(Mod. Sinthesi) ............................................................................................................................................... SV102-3122E ..............1e ............. 24 

CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE 

TO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS........................................................................................................ SV102-3239 ..............1e ........... 26 

CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE ............................... SV102-1710D ..............1e ........... 26 

CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL ............................................................... SV102-1712F ..............1e ........... 26 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52 FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER... SV102-1470C ..............1e ............. 27 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22 FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER......SV102-3240 ..............1e ............. 27 

EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCK 

DURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE ...........................................................................................SV102-3238 ..............1e ............. 27 

EXAMPLE OF SIGNAL A, SIGNAL B AND POWER (R1, R2) 

DISTRIBUTION ON SEVERAL COLUMNS ................................................................................................... SV102-2978C ..............1e ............. 28 

I −−−− sec.1e 


SECTION 1E CONTENTS 


5-WIRE VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 


Panel model 




Number of secondary door phone panels to be installed 




Use of some door phones for audio service only 

Colour camera 

Possibility of opening door during call 

Use of kits 


Smyle 1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

COLLEGAMENTO DI MAX 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO 

COLLEGAMENTO DI 1 VIDEOCITOFONO AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO 

SV102-3147B 

SV102-2082C 

2 

4 

Sinthesi 1 0 0 0 √ 

√ COLLEGAMENTO DI 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO SV102-2081B 5 

Generic 0 0 0 √ 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION SV102-2633H 6 

Sinthesi 

Sinthesi or 

K-Steel 

Sinthesi or 

K-Steel 

Sinthesi or 

K-Steel 

Sinthesi or 

K-Steel 

Sinthesi or 

K-Steel 

725 

Sinthesi or 

K-Steel 

725 

1 

2 

4 

0 0 0 

0 0 0 

0 0 K 

0 1 0 

K 1 0 

0 0 0 

0 0 0 

0 0 0 

0 0 0 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ √ 


√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ √ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

√ 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES 



The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at the same time 




CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT 


Automatic switching during calls 












CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE 

TO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS 

CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL 

CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52 

FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER 

CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22 


EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCK 

DURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE 

SV102-3122E 

SV102-3094D 

SV102-3121C 

SV102-3060B 

SV102-2902G 

SV102-2913B 

SV102-3092D 

SV102-2806F 

SV102-3239 

SV102-1712F 

SV102-1710D 

SV102-1470C 

SV102-3240 

SV102-3238 

DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams sec.1e −−−− II 

24 

SV102-3166C 22 

20 

16 

18 

8 

10 

12 

14 

26 

26 

26 

27 

27 

27 

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1E



FUNCTION 

The system can be used to connect the video door unit to various 

video door phones fi tted in apartments. 

When a visitor presses a button on the panel, a two-tone electronic call 

signal is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker and the 

image appears on the screen a few seconds later. 

At this point, the user can see the visitor and reply by picking up the 

handset. 

All video door phones are normally deactivated (no sound is heard 

when the handset is picked up); only the video door phone called from 

the door can start the conversation. No other users can cut into the 

call. 

The voice circuit of the called video door phone remains activate until 

the following call is made from the panel to another device. 

The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this 

means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical 

lock. 

(*) 

5 

7 

CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

6 

10 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3147B: 

“5-WIRE” VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS 






• 1 Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/1 with bracket 

Ref. 1202/955 

• Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52 

• Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62 


or 






• 1 Artico video door phoneRef. 1705/1 with bracket 

Ref. 1705/955 




or 






• 2 Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 with bracket 

Ref. 1202/955 




or 






• 2 Artico video door phones Ref. 1705/1 with bracket 

Ref. 1705/955 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


V5.001 

V5.006 

(*) For two-family kits only 

2 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams


(*) 

(V5.006) 

TC 

CAMERA UNIT 

WITH DOOR UNIT 

AND 2 BUTTONS 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

C1 

C2 

G/T 

3 

PS 

4 

5 

F 

SN 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

R1 AB 

+TC 


R1 

R2 

B 

A 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

Lock Release 


POWER SUPPLY 

+R 

-6 

+6 

AP 

R1 

R2 

PS 

1/~ 

~0 

~12 

SE2 

R1 

+TC 

SE1 

R2 

0 

230 

MAIN~ 

SV102-3147B 

sec.1e−−−− 3 





FUNCTION 

CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT 

The system can be used to connect the video door unit to the video 

door phone fi tted in the apartment. 





handset. 



lock. 

4 

MAIN~ 

6 

TC 

2 

POWER SUPPLY 

TC 

R3 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2082C: 


N. 1 One-family kit 

(1 button) Ref. 956/31 


• Smyle panel with camera and 1 button with built-in door 

unit. 

• 1 Artico video door phone with bracket 

• Power unit 110-230Vac 38VA, 7 DIN modules 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


V5.007 

V5.011 

(V5.011) 

Lock 

Release 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

SV102-2082C 

4 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams

FUNCTION 


The system can be used to connect the video door unit to the video 

door phone fi tted in the apartment. 





handset. 



lock. 

4 

6 

8 


7 

TC 

2 

(V5.006) 

MAIN~ 

2 

1 

R3 

R3 

POWER SUPPLY 

TC 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2081B: 

VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS 

N. 1 Two-family kit 

(2 buttons) Ref. 956/32 


• Smyle panel with camera and 2 buttons with built-in door 

unit. 

• 2 Artico video door phones with bracket 

• Power unit 110-230Vac 38VA, 7 DIN modules 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


V5.007 

V5.011 

(V5.011) 

(V5.011) 

Lock 

Release 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

SV102-2081B 

sec.1e−−−− 5 





FUNCTION 

The 5-wire video door phone system implements conversation privacy, 

call and door opener functions in normal door phone systems with only 

5 wires in the riser column: 4 commons + 1 single for each device. 

The door unit is powered with only two wires and a transformer at 

12V~. 

The most interesting application of a 5-wire system is in old buildings 

where a door phone system is already fi tted. The existing system can 

be transformed into a video door phone system without adding wires 

to the column or in the apartments. 

Specifi c conversation privacy circuits must be fi tted in the panel for 

ensuring conversation privacy for all video door phones in the system 

(one for each button). All video door phones are normally deactivated 

(no sound is heard when the handset is picked up); only the video door 

phone called from the door can start the conversation. No other users 

can cut into the call. 





lock. 

TC 

5 

5 

5 

5 

2 10+n 

2 x 82Ω 1/4W 


DISTRIBUTOR 


DISTRIBUTOR 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE 


4+n 

4+n 

5 

5 

5 

5 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2633H: 



N. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1 


6 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams 

or 

Artico model 








or 





K-Steel model 

N. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/30A 




or 





manual. 

725 model 




N. 1 Video adapter Ref. 1742/13A 










N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 955/40 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.007 C4.008 C4.018 CU.009 VD.002 

V5.001 VU.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 

TC

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

(CU.009) 

P. E. 

3 

SN 

1/~ 

2 

5 

PS 

4 

~ 

Camera 

+ 

Adapter 

Mod.725 

4 1 1 4 

A 

B 

R1 

+TC 

(VU.002) 

ELECTRIC LOCK 




(VD.002) 

R1 BA 

+TC 

~12 

~0 

R1 BA 

+TC 

K-Steel Sinthesi 

Mod. K-Steel/Sinthesi 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

4 1 

(VX.006) 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

4 1 (VX.006) 

C2 

C1 

C2 

C1 

(C4.018) 

~12 

~0 

PS 

G/T 

F 

5 

4 

SN 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

PS 

G/T 

F 

5 

4 

SN 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

3 

To the 

following 

To the following conversation 

module 

privacy device 

BUTTON MODULE 

Name tag 

lighting 

To the 

following 

conversation 

privacy 

device 

ELECTRIC LOCK 

Lock 

Release 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

A B 

III 

R1 

R2 

IV 

A 

B 



R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

Name tag 

lighting 

A B 

III 

IV 

R2R1 

Output 

II 


DISTRIBUTOR 

A B 

A B 

I 

R2R1 

R2R1 

II 


DISTRIBUTOR 

LINE~ 

Input 

Output 

Input 

I 

R2R1 

2 x 82 1/4W 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

LINE~ 

(VX.014) 

-6 

+6 

AP 

R1 

R2 

+R 

PS 

1/~ 

~0 

~12 

SE2 

SE1 

R2 

R1 

+TC 

~ 

~ 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

SV102-2633H 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

sec.1e−−−− 7 





FUNCTION 


Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) 



















5 

5 

5 

5 

2 x 82Ω 1/4W 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 

TC TC 

2 13+n 14+n 

5 

5 

5 

5 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2902G: 






or 

Artico model 








or 





K-Steel model 









manual. 





N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 C4.018 CU.009 V5.001 

VD.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 

VX.021 


a) PS - G/T 

b) 4 - F 

TC

(C4.018) 




module 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

BUTTON MODULE 

G/T 

~12 U4 

~0 U3 

~0 U2 

~12 U1 

G/T 

Name tag 

lighting 

C2 

C1 

C2 

C1 

LINE~ 

(VX.014) 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 


R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

12 

COLUMN 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 



R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

AB 

III 

IV 

APPS 

1 ~ ~ R1 + + - ~ ~ R2R1 

+ 

/ 0 12 TC 6 6 

R 

~ 

I 

A B 

AB 

III 

I 

A B 

LINE ~ 

R2 R1 

Output 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

II 

R2R1 

R2 R1 

Output 

IV 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

II 

R2R1 

VIDEO POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

2 x 82 1/4W 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

SV102-2902G 


conversation 



module 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

CONVERSATION 


BUTTON MODULE 

(VX.006) 

1 4 

G/T 

C4 

U4 ~12 

C3 

U3 ~0 

C2 

U2 ~0 

C1 

U1 ~12 

G/T 

1 4 

~ ~ 0 

12 

LINE ~ 

~ 

~ 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

C2 

C1 

C2 

C1 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.018) 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F5 

SN 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F5 

SN 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

(VX.021) 

C2 

11 

~0 

~12 

(VX.021) 

"1" 

(CU.009) 

(C4.016) 

A 

B 

+TC 

R1 

~12 

~0 

K-Steel 

A 

B 

+TC 

R1 

Sinthesi 

6 

9 

15 

14 

13 

(CU.009) 

(C4.016) 

7 

C1 

SN1 

1 

4 

2 

10 

TC 

SN2 

3 

5 8 

12 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

5 

SN 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

5 

SN 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

TC 

Lock 

Release 

Lock 

Release 

A A 

B B 

+TC +TC 

R1 R1 

~12 

~0 

Sinthesi K-Steel 

(VD.002) 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

RELAY 

BOX 

(VD.002) 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

sec.1e−−−− 9 





FUNCTION 


Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725) 



















5 

5 

5 

5 

2 x 82Ω 1/4W 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 

TC TC 

2 13+n 14+n 

5 

5 

5 

5 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2913B: 






or 

Artico model 




725 model 

















DIAGRAM NOTES 


CU.009 V5.001 VU.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 

TC

(CU.009) 

"1" 

TC 

(VU.002) 

Push 

button 

panel 


Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura) 

TV Camera 

+ 

adapter 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

Lock 

Release 

CONVERSATION 


(VX.006) 

VIDEO POWER 

SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

LINE~ LINE~ 




RELAY 

BOX 

COLUMN SV102-2913B 

Output 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

Output 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

Lock 

Release 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.014) 

Push 

button 

panel 

TV Camera 

+ 

adapter 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

LINE~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(CU.009) 

"2" 

(VU.002) 

TC 

sec.1e−−−− 11 





FUNCTION 


















2 

CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR 

STATIONS 


5 

5 

5 

5 

2 x 82Ω 1/4W 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 

TC TC 

14+n 

2 14+n 15+n 2 

5 

5 

14+n 

TC TC 

5 

5 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3092D: 






or 

Artico model 








or 





K-Steel model 









manual. 






DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 C4.018 CU.009 V5.001 

VD.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 

VX.021 


a) PS - G/T 

b) 4 - F 

TC

"3" 

"4" 

(C4.016) 

(CU.009) 

(C4.016) 

(CU.009) 

TC 

(VD.002) 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.018) 

TC 

(VD.002) 

C2 

C1 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

SN 

5 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

G/T 

SN 

5 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

F 

PS4 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

Button module 

C2 

C1 

C2 

C1 

A A 

B B 

+TC +TC 

R1 R1 

~12 

~0 


ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

C2 

C1 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

SN 

5 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

G/T 

SN 

5 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

F 

PS4 

A A 

B B 

+TC +TC 

R1 R1 

~12 

~0 


CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR 

STATIONS 


(VX.021) 

Lock 

Release 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 


R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

LINE~ 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

12 0 

(VX.008) 

(VX.021) (VX.021) 

C4 

C1 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

12 0 

(VX.008) 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R2 

R1 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R2 

R1 

A 

B 

R1R2 

II IV 

I 

R1R2 

AB 

II IV 

I 

AB 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

III 

A 

B 

R1R2 

A B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

III 

A 

B 

R1R2 

A B 

C3 

C2 

SN3 

V3 

+6 

V5 

SE 

~0 

~12 

INPUT 

C 

INPUT 

B 

SN2 

V3 

+6 

V5 

SE 

~0 

~12 

1 

2 

+TC 

R1 

-6 

1 

2 

+TC 

R1 

-6 

SN4 

SN1 

V3 

V3 

+6 

+6 

V5 

V5 

SE SE 

~0 INPUT 

INPUT ~0 

~12 D 

A ~12 

1 

2 

+TC 

R1 

-6 

Output 

DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

Output 

DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

COLUMN 

COLUMN 

2 x 82 1/4W 



1 

2 

+TC 

R1 

-6 

-6I -6U +TC R2 R1 AP +6~12 

~B ~A ~0 SE GND 

LINE~ 

LINE~ 

~ ~ 

0 12 

(VX.014) 

LINE~ 

+TC R2 R1 PS ~12 ~0 1/~ ~ ~ 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

12 

~ 

~ 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

(VX.021) 

C2 

C1 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

4 

PS 

F 

SN 

5 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

SN 

5 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

SV102-3092D 



module 

module 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

Button module 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

Button module 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

Name tag 

Name tag 

lighting 

R1R2 1 2 6 9 V3V5 

lighting 

(C4.018) 

(C4.018) 


module 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

Lock 

Release 

LINE~ 


SUPPLY 

RELAY 

BOX 

VOLTAGE 

TRANSFORMER 

Lock 

Release 


conversation 


C2 

C1 

A A 

B B 

+TC +TC 

R1 R1 

~12 

~0 


~12 

~0 

G/T 

4 

PS 

F 

SN 

5 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

SN 

5 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

(VD.002) 

TC 

(C4.016) 

(CU.009) 

(C4.007) 

Conversation 

(C4.008) 


Button module 

(VX.006) 

1 4 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

1 4 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

Name tag 

lighting 

C2 

C1 

C2 

C1 

(C4.018) 

Name tag 

lighting 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

Lock 

Release 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

A A 

B B 

+TC +TC 

R1 R1 

~12 

~0 


(VD.002) 


module 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

TC 

(C4.016) 

(CU.009) 

"2" 

"1" 

sec.1e−−−− 13 





FUNCTION 


















2 

5 

5 

5 

5 

2 x 82Ω 1/4W 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 

TC TC 

14+n 

2 14+n 15+n 2 




5 

5 

14+n 

TC TC 

5 

5 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-2806F: 






or 

Artico model 




725 model 

















DIAGRAM NOTES 


CU.009 V5.001 

VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 VU.002 

TC

"3" 

"2" 

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

(CU.009) 

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

(CU.009) 

P. E. 

PS 

4 

SN 

5 

1/~ 

3 

~ 

2 

TV Camera 

+ 

Adapter 

P. E. 

PS 

4 

SN 

5 

1/~ 

3 

~ 

2 

(VU.002) 

(VU.002) 

A 

B 

+TC 

R1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

TV Camera 

+ 

Adapter 

A 

B 

+TC 

R1 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

Lock 

Release 

Lock 

Release 





LINE ~ 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

12 0 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

LINE ~ 

~ ~ ~ ~ 

12 0 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

C3 

SN3 

V3 

+6 

SE 

~0 

~12 

V5 

-6 

1 

2 

+TC 

R1 

-6 

1 

2 

+TC 

R1 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1R2 

II IV 

I 

R1R2 

AB 

II IV 

I 

Output 

AB 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

RELAY 

BOX 

COLUMN 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

III 

A 

B 

R1R2 

A B 

2 x 82 1/4W 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

III 

A 

B 

R1R2 

A B 

Output 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

R1R2 1 2 6 9 V3V5 

COLUMN 

C D 

C4 

SN4 

V3 

+6 

~12 

V5 

~0 

INPUT INPUT 

SE 

C2 

SN2 

V3 

+6 

SE 

~0 

~12 

V5 

INPUT 

B 

INPUT 

A 

VOLTAGE 



I 

G 

N - + + ~ ~ ~ ~ N 

H AP 6 R2R1TC 6 0 A B 12SE 

D 

1 

/ SE 

R1 + - R2 R2R1 

+ PS AP ~ ~ SE + 

6 6 

TC 0 12 1 2 R 

~ 

-6 

1 

2 

+TC 

R1 

C1 

SN1 

V3 

+6 

SE 

~12 

V5 

~0 

-6 

1 

2 

+TC 

R1 

LINE ~ 

~ 

~ ~ 

0 12 


(VX.008) 

LINE ~ 

~ 

~ 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

(VX.006) 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ ~ 

0 12 

~ 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

Lock 

Release 

CONVERSATION 


Lock 

Release 

~ 

1 4 4 1 

(VX.014) 

LINE~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

1 4 4 1 

(VU.002) 

(VU.002) 

SV102-2806F 

P. E. 

PS 

4 

SN 

5 

1/~ 

3 

~ 

2 

A 

B 

TV Camera 

+TC 

+ 

R1 

Adapter 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

P. E. 

PS 

4 

SN 

5 

1/~ 

3 

~ 

2 

A 

B TV Camera 

+ 

+TC 

R1 

Adapter 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

(CU.009) 

Name tag 

lighting 

TC 

(CU.009) 

"4" 

"1" 

sec.1e−−−− 15 





FUNCTION 







The video door phone will not light up and the video door phone will 

work as a normal door phone if the call is made from thcamera unit and 

panel. 


lock only. 

2 x 82Ω 1/4W 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3121C: 





or 

5 

5 

5 

5 

TC 



Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel) 


DISTRIBUTORE 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTORE 

4+n 

2 14+n 

8+n 2 

Artico model 



5 

5 

5 

5 





N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref.1145/74 






or 

K-Steel model 









manual. 







or 





K-Steel model 








manual. 






DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.006 C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 C4.018 CU.009 

V5.001 VD.002 VU.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 

VX.021a 


a) PS - G/T b) 4 - F 

VX.021b 


a) 4 - F 

TC

TC 

Name tag 

lighting 

To the 

following 

module 

(C4.018) 

AMPLIFIED 

LOUDSPEAKING 

UNIT 

(CU.009) 

(C4.016) 

(VX.021a) 

TV CAMERA 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

BUTTON MODULE 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

C2 

C1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

C2 

C1 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

5 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

G/T 

4 

PS 

F 

5 

1/~ 

1/~ 

~ 

SE 

SN SN 

A 

B 

R1 

~12 

~0 

A 

B 

R1 


+TC +TC 

(VD.002) 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 




Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel) 

4 1 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

CONVERSATION 

4 1 PRIVACY DEVICE 

(VX.006) 

R1 + 

TC12 

~ ~ PS+R 1/~ R1 R2R2 +6 

0 -6 


R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 


conversation 


Lock 

Release 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

AB R1 R2 

Output 

III IV 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 


DISTRIBUTOR 

I 

II 

A B R1R2 

AB 

III 

I 

Input 

Output 

R1 R2 

IV 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

II 

A B R1R2 

2 x 82 1/4W 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 



R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

13 

C1 

2 

SN1 

1 

4 

5 

6 

14 

15 

RELAY 

BOX 

LINE~ 

~ ~ 


(VX.008) 

C2 

SN2 

3 

~12 

~0 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

~ ~ 

0 12 

Lock 

Release 

LINE~ 

~ 

~ 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 


SV102-3121C 

To the 

following 

module 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

BUTTON MODULE 

G/T 

U4 ~12 

U3 ~0 

U2 ~0 

U1 ~12 

G/T 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ ~ 

12 

G/T G/T 

U1 ~12 

~0 

~12 

C1 ~0 

C2 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

SN 

5 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

~ 

~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

(VX.014) 

Name tag 

lighting 

(C4.006) 

(C4.016) 

(CU.009) 

(VX.021b) 

LINE~ 

sec.1e−−−− 17 





FUNCTION 











14+n 

TC 

2 

5 

5 

5 





2 x 82Ω 1/4W 2 x 82Ω 1/4W 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 

5 

5 

5 

5 5 

8+n 

2 

11+k(n+1) 

TC 

8+n 

5 

5 

5 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 

5 5 

4+n 


5 

5 

5 

14+n 

2 

TC 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3060B: 






or 

Artico model 





N. 1+K Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22 



or 





K-Steel model 

N. 1+K Module camera Ref. 1755/30A 

N. 1+K Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A 







manual. 


N. K Video power supply Ref. 789/5B 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.007 C4.008 C4.014 C4.017 CU.009 

V5.001 VD.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 

VX.021a 


a) 4 - F 

VX.021b 


a) P1 - P2 

TC

Name tag 

lighting 

(CU.009) 

(C4.017) 

MAIN 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(VD.002) 

TC 

~ 

~ 

~12 

~0 

R1 

R2 

AP 

SE3 

SE2 

SE1 

+R 

-6 

+6 

+TC 

PS 

1/~ 

~12 

~0 

0 

230 

R1 

R2 

To the 

following 

module 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

(VX.014) 


SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

(C4.014) 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

MAIN ~ 

BUTTON MODULE 

G/T 

~12 U4 

~0 U3 

~0 U2 

~12 U1 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

LINE ~ 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

+TC +TC 

R1 

~12 

~0 

A 

B 

R1 

A 

B 

3 3 

PS PS 

4 

5 5 

F F 

SN SN 

1/~ 1/~ 

1 1/~ 

~ ~ 

2 SE 






8 

5 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

(VX.021a) 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 



U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

Name tag 

lighting 


AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING 

UNIT 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

~0 

~12 

R1R2 

II 

R1R2 

RELAY 

BOX 

AB 

IV 

I III 

R1R2 

II 

R1R2 

Output 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Input 

A B 

AB 

Output 

IV 


DISTRIBUTOR 

I III 

A B 

11 14 

2 x 82 -1/4W 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

CONVERSATION 


(VX.006) 

14 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

14 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

14 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

14 

(VX.014) 

(VX.021a) 


DISTRIBUTOR 


SUPPLY UNIT 

(VX.008) (VX.021b) 


R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

C2 

SN2 

2 

SN1 

3 

6 

12 

15 

9 

C1 7 1 4 1013 

Lock 

Release 

Input 

~ ~ 

12 0 


LINE ~ 

~ ~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ ~ 

12 

~ ~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

Lock 

Release 

LINE~ 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 


conversation 


BUTTON MODULE 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

3 3 

4 

PS PS 

F F 

SN SN 

5 5 

1/~ 1 

1/~ 1/~ 

~ ~ 

SE 2 

A A 

B B 

+TC +TC 

R1 R1 

~12 

~0 


P1 

P2 

GND 

V out 

0 

230 

To the 

following 

module 

x 

Name tag 

lighting 

(CU.009) 

(C4.017) 

B 

A 

R2 

R1 

B 

A 

TC 

TV CAMERA UNIT (VD.002) 


UNIT 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

R2 

R1 

LINE ~ 

SECONDARY 

R1R2 A B 

I 

Output 

IV 

Input 

II 

III 

R1R2 A B 

2 x 82 

1/4W 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

AS 1ST COLUMN 

SV102-3060B 

Calls 


COLUMN 

TC 

sec.1e−−−− 19 





FUNCTION 











EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3094D: 





or 

14+n 

TC 

2 

5 

5 

5 

Artico model 








2 x 82Ω 1/4W 2 x 82Ω 1/4W 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 

5 

5 

5 

5 5 

8+n 

2 

11+k(n+1) 





TC 

8+n 

5 

5 

5 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 

5 5 

4+n 


5 

5 

5 

14+n 

2 

TC 

TC 






or 

K-Steel model 









manual. 




N. K Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21 

N. K Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/67 


or 





K-Steel model 

N. X Button modules Ref.1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A 

N. K Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A 






manual. 


N. K Video power supply Ref. 789/5B 





N. X Kit of 10 diodes Ref. 1131/4 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


C4.007 C4.008 C4.014 C4.017 CU.009 

V5.001 VD.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 

VX.021a 


a) 4 - F 

VX.021b 


a) P1 - P2

Name tag 

lighting 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

(VD.002) 

(CU.009) 

(C4.017) 

TC 

~ 

~ 

~12 

~0 

AP 

SE3 

SE2 

SE1 

R1 

R2 

+R 

-6 

+6 

+TC 

PS 

1/~ 

~12 

~0 

~ 

~ 

R1 

R2 

To the 

following 

module 

(VX.014) 


SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

(C4.014) 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

LINE ~ 

MAIN ~ 

BUTTON MODULE 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

+TC +TC 

R1 

~12 

~0 

A 

B 

R1 

A 

B 

3 3 

PS PS 

4 

5 5 

F F 

1/~ 1/~ 

1 1/~ 

~ ~ 

2 SE 

SN SN 


8 

11 

5 

~0 

~12 

9 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 





R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 



Name tag 

lighting 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 



UNIT 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

C1 104 

1 

(VX.021a) 

R1R2 

II 

R1R2 

R1R2 

II 

R1R2 

Output 

7 

AB 

IV 


DISTRIBUTOR 

I III 

Input 

Output 

A B 

AB 

IV 


DISTRIBUTOR 

I III 

Input 

Lock 

Release 

A B 

2 x 82 -1/4W 

SN2 

SN1 2 

3 

6 

12 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

(VX.014) 

(VX.021a) 


SUPPLY UNIT 

(VX.008) (VX.021b) 


R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

RELAY 

BOX 

C2 

~ ~ 

12 0 


LINE ~ 

~ ~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

~ ~ 

12 

~ ~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 


conversation 


CONVERSATION 

PRIVACY DEVICE BUTTON MODULE 

(VX.006) 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

14 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

14 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

14 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

14 

U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 

G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

Lock 

Release 

LINE~ 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

3 

4 

PS 

F 

SN 

5 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

P1 

P2 

GND 

V out 

0 

230 

To the 

following 

module 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

x 

Name tag 

lighting 

(CU.009) 

(C4.017) 

AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT 


DISTRIBUTOR 

B 

A 

R2 

R1 

B 

A 

R2 

R1 

LINE ~ 

R1R2 A B 

I 

IV 

Output 

II 

III 

Input 

R1R2 A B 

2 x 82 

1/4W 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

AS 1ST COLUMN 

Calls 

SV102-3094D 


COLUMN 

sec.1e−−−− 21 





FUNCTION 



The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at 

the same time 








6 

6 

2 x 82Ω 1/4W 


DISTRIBUTOR 

8 

9 

5 

5 

TC 

2 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3166C: 













or 

K-Steel model 






manual. 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


V5.001 VD.002 VX.008 

TC

TC 



The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at 

the same time 

POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

(VD.002) 

C1 

G/T 

K-Steel 

V2 

R2 out 

R1 

RL 

R2 in 

R1 

C1 

G/T 

A A 

B B 

R1 R1 

1/~ 

1/~ 1/~ 

~ ~ 

SE 

F 

PS PS 

4 4 

5 5 

F 

~12 

~0 

+TC +TC 

SN SN 

1/~ 

1/~ 

SE 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

Sinthesi 


~ 

~ 

R2 

R1 

RD 

A 

B 

R3 

CA 

RD 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

G 

CA 

LINE~ 

R1 

R1 

R2 

R2 

II IV 

A 

A 

B B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

2 x 82 1/4W 

A B R2R1 

Output 


DISTRIBUTOR 

I 

III 

Input 

A B R2R1 

Lock Release 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

LINE~ 

R2 

R1 

RD 

A 

B 

G 

CA 

R2 

R1 

RD 

A 

B 

G 

CA 

AP 

-6 

+6 

SE1 

+R 

R1 

R2 

+TC 

R1 

PS 

1/~ 

~0 

~12 

SE2 

R2 

~ 

~ 

SV102-3166C 


POWER SUPPLY 

(VX.008) 

sec.1e−−−− 23 





FUNCTION 



(Mod. Sinthesi) 

The 5-wire video door phone system implements conversation privacy, 

call and door opener functions in normal door phone systems with only 

5 wires in the riser column: 4 commons + 1 single for each device. 

The door unit is powered with only two wires and a transformer at 

12V~. 

The most interesting application of a 5-wire system is in old buildings 

where a door phone system is already fi tted. The existing system can 

be transformed into a video door phone system without adding wires 

to the column or in the apartments. 

Specifi c conversation privacy circuits must be fi tted in the panel for 

ensuring conversation privacy for all video door phones in the system 

(one for each button). All video door phones are normally deactivated 

(no sound is heard when the handset is picked up); only the video door 

phone called from the door can start the conversation. No other users 

can cut into the call. 





lock. 

4+n 

4+n 

4+n 


DISTRIBUTOR 


DISTRIBUTOR 

4+n 4+n 

4+n 

TC 

2 10+n 

2 x 82Ω 1/4W 

4+n 

4+n 

4+n 

4+n 

EQUIPMENT 


SV102-3122E: 






or 

Modello Utopia 


















DIAGRAM NOTES 


CU.009 V5.001 VU.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 

TC


module 

Name tag 

lighting 

(CU.009) 

TC 

(VU.002) 


G/T 

~12 

~0 

~0 

~12 

G/T 

CONVERSATION 


(VX.006) 

4 1 

C4 

C3 

C2 

C1 

4 1 


U4 

U3 

U2 

U1 


R2 

+TC 

R1 

BA 

T 

C2 

PS 

G/T 

F 

5 

4 

SN 

1 

1/~ 

~ 

2 

3 

U1 

C1 

AMPLIFIED 


ELECTRIC LOCK 



(Mod. Sinthesi) 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 


conversation 


Lock 

Release 



R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

ABR2R1 Output 

IV 

III 

A B 

IV 

III 

II 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

Input 

I 

R2R1 

ABR2R1 Output 

A B 

II 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

Input 

I 

R2R1 

2 x 82 1/4W 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

LINE~ 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

Name tag 

lighting 

(VX.014) 

R1 

R2 

+TC 

R1 

SV102-3122E 

~0 

~12 

~ 

LINE~ 

+R 

-6 

+6 

~ 

~ 

SE1 


POWER SUPPLY 

AP 

SE2 

PS 

1/~ 

~0 

~12 

R2 

(VX.008) 

~ 

LIGHT BULB 

TRANSFORMER 

sec.1e−−−− 25 





SV102-3239: CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE 

TO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS 

SV102-1710D: CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE 

SV102-1712F: CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL 

EQUIPMENT 

IN PARALLEL 

EQUIPMENT 

IN PARALLEL 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

CA1 

1 

2 

calls 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

CA1 

1 

2 

2x 82 1/4W 

A B R2R1 

FROM RISING COLUMN 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/2 

(VX.008) 

R2 

R1 

A 

B 

CA 

R2 

R1 

A 

B 

CA 

Ref.955/40 


DISTRIBUTOR 

SV102-1710D 

SV102-1712F 


R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

A B 

Output 

III 

IV 

A B 

230 

0 

RL 

V2 

R2 in 

R1 

R2 out 

Input 

R2R1 

II 

I 

R2R1 

Single 

call 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

A B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

I 

Output 

II 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R1 

R2 R2 

IV III 

A A 

B 

B 

A B 

FROM COLUMN 

LINE~ 

Single 

call 

R1R2 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

Input 

R1R2 

COMMONS 

A B 

Output 

R2 

R1 

A 

B 

II III 

R2 

R1 

A 

B 

R2 R2 

R1 

R1 

I IV 

A A 

B 

B 

A B 

FROM COLUMN 

R1R2 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

Input 

R1R2 

COMMONS 

SV102-3239

SWITCH 

NNF 

SV102-1470C: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52 


SV102-3240: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22 


SV102-3238: EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCK 

DURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE 

CHIME 

12 V~ 

LINE~ 


S3 

S1 

CALL 


Ref.788/22 

CALL 


Ref.788/22 

C 

6 

~ 

012 

~ 

~ ~ 

012 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

CALL 


Ref.788/52 

+ 

+L 

0L 

NA 

~ 

~ 

TRANSFORMER 

Ref.9000/230 

(VX.008) 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

CH- 

CH+ 

NA 

C 

LINE~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

12 0 ~ 

Ref.9000/230 

TRANSFORMER 

(VX.008) 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

CA 

CH- 

CH+ 

C 

NC 

~12 

~0 

0 

230 

TRANSFORMER 

Ref.9000/230 

MAIN~ 

~ 

12 

~ 

Ref.9854/40 

RINGER 

ELECTRICAL 

LOCK TIMER 

Ref.1032/81 

SE2 

-/~ 

+24 

+12/~ 

-/~ 

AP 

NO 

C 

NC 

(C4.023) 

(VX.021) 

Single 

call 

A B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

I 

Output 

II 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R1 

R2 R2 

IV III 

A A 

B 

B 

A B 

FROM COLUMN 

calls 

R1R2 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

Input 

R1R2 

COMMONS 

2x 82 1/4W 

A B R2R1 

Output 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

I II 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

R1 

R1 

R2 R2 

IV III 

A A 

B 

B 

Input 

A B 

R1R2 

A B R1R2 

FROM RISING COLUMN 

Single 

call 

A B R1R2 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

I 

Output 

II 


R1 

R2 

A 

B 

DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

IV 

A B 

III 

Input 

R1R2 

COMMONS 

FROM COLUMN 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

SV102-1470C 

SV102-3240 

SV102-3238 

sec.1e−−−− 27 





EXAMPLE OF SIGNAL A, SIGNAL B AND POWER (R1, R2) DISTRIBUTION ON 

SEVERAL COLUMNS 

TO THE 

FOLLOWING 

COLUMN 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

2 x 82Ohm 1/4W 

AB R2 R1 

Output 

II 

I 

AB R2 R1 

AB R2 R1 

II 

I 

III 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

IV 

Input 

Output 

III 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

IV 

Input 

AB R2 R1 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

A 

B 

2 x 82Ohm 1/4W 

AB R1 R2 

Output 

R1 

R2 

B 

A 

I II 

955/40 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

III IV 

R1 

R2 

AB R2R1 

TC 

Input 

R2 R1 

SV102-2978C 


A 

B 

VIDEO OUTDOOR 


POWER SUPPLY 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

2 x 82Ohm 1/4W 

R2 R1 

Output 

II 

I 

R2 R1 

R2 R1 

II 

I 

R1 R2 

AB 

III 

IV 

Input 

AB 

AB 

III 

IV 

AB 

R1 

R2 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

Output 

Input 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 


DISTRIBUTOR 

Ref.955/40 

The video power unit Ref. 789/5B can power up to 8 video distributors Ref. 955/40 if Atlantico, or 

Scaitel monitors are not installed in parallel in the system. 

The closing resistors must not be present on the video door phone brackets. 

A 

B 

R1 

R2 

A 

B 

TO THE 

FOLLOWING 

COLUMN


SECTION 1F 

(REV.B) 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR 

URMET DOMUS DEVICE 

INTERCHANGEABILITY 




sec.1f−−−− 1 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY 


BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY 

2 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams

INTERCHANGEABLE DEVICES 


INTERCHANGEABLE DEVICES 

Some devices replace previous models and may be used as spare parts. 

The correspondence between versions is: 

(*) Not available in Italy. 

POWER UNITS 

RELAY DEVICES 

TRANSFORMERS 

APARTMENT 

STATIONS 

DOOR UNITS 

PREVIOUS MODEL NEW MODEL SEE PAGE 

786/1 786/11 23 

786/5A 786/15 4 

786/14 786/11 or 786/12 (*) 23 

787/4 786/4 7 

789 789/1A 6 

789 789/5B 6 

789/1A 789/5B 6 

1840/22 1090/850 7 

4340/20 752/20 8 

7073 789/1A 9 

7073/1 789/1A 9 

7073/2 789/1A 9 

7073/5A 789/2 16 

9006/1 786/11 12 

9006/2 786/11 12 

9006/3 786/3A 14 

9006/5 786/15 5 

9006/14 786/11 or 786/12 (*) 12 

9006/22 786/11 or 786/12 (*) 12 

9008/14 786/38A 14 

788/1 788/51 16 

788/5 788/52 17 

788/4 788/54 19 

788/8 788/58 18 

788/11 788/52 15 

788/21 788/52 15 

788/30 788/52 17 

4330/31 788/51 16 

4340/11 788/52 15 

4520/10 788/52 15 

9330 (II series) 788/52 17 

9332/1 788/51 16 

9332/5 788/52 17 

9332/8 788/58 18 

9000/20 9000/230 or 9000/110 (*) 18 

1201/1 Ranger 1702/1 Atlantico 20 

1201/10 1702/1 Atlantico 20 

1704/1 Sentry 1705/1 Artico 22 

1704/1A Sentry+ 1705/1 Artico 22 

1704/10 Sentry 1705/1 Artico 22 

1704/10A Sentry+ 1705/1 Artico 22 

1704/90 1704/102 22 

1704/955 1704/102 22 

4340/23 752/23 8 

7081/1 Vedette 1704/20 Sentry+ 20 

7091/1 Sentinel 1704/20 Sentry+ 20 

7101/1 Explorer 1704/20 Sentry+ 20 

5150/500 1128/500 14 

sec.1f−−−− 3 




REPLACING RELAY POWER UNIT Ref. 786/5A AND Ref. 9006/5 WITH Ref. 786/15 


The 786/15 relay power unit can replace the following obsolete models: 

• Ref. 9006/5 

• Ref. 786/38A 

Follow the following diagrams according to the type of system in which the power unit is being replaced for correct connection. 

ELECTRONIC CALL INTERCOM SYSTEMS AND DOOR UNIT 

With single calls from door unit and door phones with buzzer (differential call) 

Ref.786/5A 

Ref.786/15 

With single calls from door unit and door phones without buzzer. 

Ref.786/5A 

Ref.786/15 

With single call from door unit and door phones with buzzer. 

Ref.786/5A 

Ref.786/15 

1 1A 1P 2 2P - + -J -P 6 ~0 PS C1 C2 ~12 SN1 SN2 ~18 

5 6 2 3 9 - 1 + 4 -J 7 8 ~0 PS C2 C1 PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1 

1 1A 1P 2 2P - + -J -P 6 ~0 PS C1 C2 ~12 SN1 

SN2 ~18 

5 6 

2 3 9 - 1 + 4 -J 7 8 ~0 PS C2 C1 PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1 

1 1A 1P 2 2P - + -J -P 6 ~0 PS C1 C2 ~12 SN1 SN2 ~18 

5 6 2 3 9 - 1 + 4 -J 7 8 ~0 PS C2 C1 PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1 



TRADITIONAL CALL INTERCOM SYSTEMS AND DOOR UNIT 

With single calls from door unit and door phones with buzzer. 

Ref.786/5A 1 1A 1P 2 2P - + -J -P 6 ~0 PS C1 C2 ~12 SN1 SN2 ~18 

Ref.786/15 

Ref.9006/5 

Ref.786/15 

5 6 2 3 9 - 1 + 4 -J 7 8 ~0 PS C2 C1 PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1 

1 1P 2 2P -6 +6 6 ~0 

~12 SN1 SN2 ~18 

5 6 2 3 9 - 1 + 4 -J 7 8 ~0 PS C2 C1 PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1 


sec.1f−−−− 5 




REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 WITH Ref. 789/1A 

REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 

AND Ref. 789/1A WITH Ref. 789/5B 

REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 WITH Ref. 789/1A 

The 789/1A power unit can replace the obsolete 789 model. 

The terminals correspond as follows: 

REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 AND Ref. 789/1A WITH Ref. 789/5B 

The 789/5B video power unit has the following characteristics: 

1) It must be powered at 230 V exclusively. 

2) It can only be used in video door phone systems with electronic call system (it only has a PS output, no SN output). 

3) It can power only two video door phones in stand-by mode (V2). 

4) It can power up to 10 video distributors. 

5) It is not provided with a -J output for intercom service. 

POWER 

OUTPUTS 

Ref. 789 Ref. 789/1A 

0 

0 

- 

110 

230 230 

~0 

~0 

~12 ~12 

~A 

~A 

~B 

~B 

+6 

+6 

-6 

-6 

PS 

PS 

SN SN 

1/~ 1/~ 

R1 

R1 

R2 

R2 

+TC +TC 

It can therefore replace the Ref. 789 and Ref. 789/1A power units only in systems with the characteristics and limitations above. 

In these cases, the terminals correspond as follows: 

SV102-1814B 

MAINS ~ 

MAINS ~ 

VOLTAGE 

UNIT 

ELECTRONIC 

UNIT 

6 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams 

AP 

SE1 

SE2 

+6J 

-J 

AP 

SE1 

SE2 

+6J 

-J 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/5B 

(230V) 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789(230V) 

Ref.789/1 

(110/230V)

REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 1840/22 WITH Ref. 1090/850 



The 1090/850 power unit can replace the obsolete 1840/22 model. 


POWER 

OUTPUTS 

Ref. 1840/22 Ref. 1090/850 

0 

0 

~230 

~230 

~24 Not available 


+ (12) 

Vout 

- (12) 

GND 


The Ref. 786/4 power unit can replace the obsolete Ref. 787/4 model. 



- 

- 

P1 

P2 

Notes 

(#) If a 24Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.2 Aac 

(∗) because the device 1840/22 actually outputs approximate 14.3 Vdc 

POWER 

OUTPUTS 

- 

- 

(#) 

(#) 

- 

Remove the 

jumper between 

terminals 

P1 and P2 (*) 

Ref. 787/4 Ref. 786/4 

0 

0 

110 110 

230 230 

~0 

~0 

~12 ~12 

+6 

+6 

-6 

-6 

-J 

-J 

PS 

PS 

PS1 PS1 

1/~ 1/~ 

SN SN 

NA NA 

NC NC 

C 

C 

sec.1f−−−− 7 




REPLACING DOOR PHONE TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 4340/20 

WITH Ref. 752/20 

REPLACING TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM DOOR PHONE APARTMENT STATION 

Ref. 4340/23 WITH Ref. 752/23 

REPLACING DOOR PHONE TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 4340/20 WITH Ref. 752/20 

REPLACING TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM DOOR PHONE APARTMENT STATION Ref. 4340/23 WITH 

Ref. 752/23 


The Ref. 752/23 two-channel door phone apartment station replaces the Ref. 4340/23 model. 

The correspondence between device terminals is shown in the following diagram. 

PUSH 

BUTTONS 

MODULE 

(C4.007) 

TO THE 

FOLLOWING 

MODULE 

Microphone 

module 

Loudspeaker 

module 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T U4 

U3 

U2 

G/T U1 

G/T 

U1 

U2 

G/T2 

L 

~12 

~0 

- 

+M + 

2 

1 

Name tag 

lighting 

To bulb 

transformer 

KOMBI FREE-HANDS PANEL 

AND DOOR UNIT 

(C4.009) 

twisted 

coupled 

wires 

To bulb 

transformer 

(C4.009) 

twisted 

coupled 

wires 

ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK 


See instruction booklet provided with 

product for connecting terminals G/T, 

~0 and ~12 between modules. 

C4.009 - IMPORTANT Use cord pairs. 

VD.007 = Floor call button. 

VX.006 - See the instruction book 

provided with the product for fitting 

the accessory in the device. 

VX.014 - Dusk switch or similar device 

for switching lights on, where 

relevant. 

4340/27 PANEL 

AND DOOR UNIT 

TO THE FOLLOWING INDOOR SETS 

To bulb 

transformer 

(C4.009) 

twisted 

coupled wires 

(VD.007) 

SC101-0211B 


(VD.007) 

Lock 

Release 

INDOOR SET 

Ref.4340/23 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.4340/20 

MAINS ~ 

MAIN ~ 

-/~ 

+/~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

INDOOR SET 

Ref.752/23 

(VX.006) 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.752/20 

~0 

~12 

MAINS ~ 

~ 

(VX.014) 

~ 

TRANSFORMER

REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 

AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH Ref. 789/1A 

REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH 

Ref. 789/1A 

The Ref. 789/1 A power unit replace the previous Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 and Ref. 7073/2 power units in all systems except for: 

1) Systems with Vidicon camera: Mod. 789 power units are not provided with + LA, -LA outputs for powering lamps. 

2) Continuously powered systems. 

3) Systems with more than 20 video door phones monitors in stand-by: in this case use a 6 Vdc power unit providing suitable output current 

considering that the average consumption of a video door phone in stand-by is 60 mAcc. 

4) Systems with simultaneous operation of 2 or more video door phones: in this case, power each supplementary video door phone using local 

power unit Ref. 789/2. 

5) The Ref. 789/1 video power unit (110-230V) consists of two units connected using the specifi c wire and plugs (C). 

The power unit Ref. is 789/101 (110-230V). 

The electronic unit Ref. is 789/102. 

Jumpers ~0, ~A and ~12, ~B are pre-fi tted. 

MAINS ~ 

MAINS ~ 

MAINS ~ 

MAINS ~ 



POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.7073/1 

+ 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/1 

(110/230V) 


POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.7073 OR 

7073/1 


POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.7073/2 

CALL 

GENERATOR 

Ref.787/1 

sec.1f−−−− 9 






SCOUT AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA ONLY) 

The Ref. 787/1 tone generator is not used because it is replaced by a generator inside the Ref. 789/1 A power unit. 

Connect jumpers SE1, ~12 during installation. 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/1A 

(110/230V) 

ELECTRONIC 

UNIT 

MAINS ~ 

VOLTAGE 

UNIT 

SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA ONLY) 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/1A 

(110/230V) 

MAINS ~ 

VOLTAGE 

UNIT 

ELECTRONIC 

UNIT 

TONE 

GENERATOR 

Ref.787/1 


POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.7073/1 


POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.7073/1 

MAINS ~ 

MAINS ~ 

LOCK 

RELEASE 

SV102-0583A 

CCD TV CAMERA UNIT 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

SV102-0582A 


L.U. 

PUSH BUTTON 

PANEL 



L.U. 

PUSH BUTTON 

PANEL 


LOCK 

RELEASE ELECTRIC 

LOCK

SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER WITH SWITCHBOARD AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA 

ONLY) 

Cut the existing jumpers between terminals ~ A, ~0 and between ~B, ~12 of the Ref. 789/1A power unit during installation. 


PUSH BUTTON 

PANEL 


ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

L.U. 



LOCK 

RELEASE 

SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (VIDICON CAMERA) 


MAINS ~ 

POWER SUPPLY Ref.786/3 

MAINS ~ 


POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.7073/1 

MAINS ~ 

SV102-0584A 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/1A (110/230V) 

ELECTRONIC 

UNIT 

VOLTAGE 

UNIT 

The Ref. 789/1A power unit is not provided with +LA and -LA outputs. An auxiliary ~24 V transformer, minimum 24 W (not included), and 

Ref. 788/5 control relay is needed to power the lights. 

POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.789/1 

(110/230V) 

MAINS ~ 

VOLTAGE 

UNIT 

ELECTRONIC 

UNIT 

RELAY 

Ref.9332/5 

MAINS ~ 

TRANSFORMER 

24V~ 25W 

SINGLES COMMONS 

STANDARD 

HOUSE 

SWITCHBOARD 


POWER SUPPLY 

Ref.7073/1 

MAINS ~ 

LOCK 

RELEASE 

NOTE 

SV102-0655A 

VIDICON TYPE 

TV CAMERA 

L.U. 

PUSH BUTTON 

PANEL 


ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

sec.1f−−−− 11 




REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14 AND 9006/22 WITH 

Ref. 786/11 

The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the following obsolete models: 

• Ref. 9006/1 

• Ref. 9006/2 

• Ref. 9006/14 

• Ref. 9006/22 


REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14 

AND 9006/22 WITH Ref. 786/11 

POWER 

OUTPUTS 

POWER 

OUTPUTS 

POWER 

OUTPUTS 

Ref. 9006/1 Ref. 786/11 

~0 

0 

~220 ~230 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

+6 

+6 

-6 

-6 

-J 

-J 

Ref. 9006/2 Ref. 786/11 

~0 

0 

~220 ~230 

~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

+6 

+6 

-6 

-6 

Ref. 9006/14 Ref. 786/11 

~0 

0 


~220 

~230 


~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 


+6 

+6 

-6 

-6 

-J 

-J 

Ref. 786/12 (∗) 

~110 

Not available 

Not available 

~0 

~12 

Not available 

(∗) Not available in Italy. 

(#) If a 18Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.5 Aac and connect as shown in the attached diagram: 

MAINS~ 

MAINS~ 

~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

-J 

-6 

+6 


18Vca 

0 

+6 

-6 

-J 

Notes 

(#)

REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14 

AND 9006/22 WITH Ref. 786/11 

POWER 

OUTPUTS 

Ref. 9006/22 Ref. 786/11 

~0 

0 


~220 

~230 


~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 


+6 

+6 

-6 

-6 

-J 

-J 



MAINS~ 

MAINS~ 


~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

-J 

-6 

+6 

24Vca 

Ref. 786/12 (∗) 

0 

~110 

Not available 

Not available 

~0 

~12 

Not available 

+6 

-6 

-J 

Notes 

(#) 

sec.1f−−−− 13 




REPLACING SWITCHBOARD SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 9006/3 WITH Ref. 786/3A 

REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 9008/14 WITH Ref. 786/38A 

REPLACING DOOR UNIT Ref. 5150/500 WITH Ref. 1128/500 

REPLACING SWITCHBOARD SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 9006/3 WITH Ref. 786/3A 

The Ref. 786/3A power unit can replace the obsolete 9006/3 model. 


POWER 

OUTPUTS 

REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 9008/14 WITH Ref. 786/38A 

The Ref. 786/38A power unit can replace the obsolete 9008/14 model. 


POWER 

OUTPUTS 

Ref. 9006/3 Ref. 786/3 

~0 

0 


~220 

~230 


~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

-15 

-15 

+15 

+15 

Ref. 9008/14 Ref. 786/38A 

~0 

0 

~110 

~110 

~220 

~230 


~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~18 

~18 

+6 

+6 

-6 

-6 

-J 

-J 

REPLACING DOOR UNIT Ref. 5150/500 WITH Ref. 1128/500 

Ref. 5150/500 Ref. 1128/500 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

1 

1 

1A 

1A 

2 

2 


REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 788/21, Ref. 788/11, Ref. 4340/11 AND Ref. 4520/10 


REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 788/21, Ref. 788/11, Ref. 4340/11 AND Ref. 4520/10 WITH 

Ref. 788/52 

The 788/52 relay box can replace the following obsolete models: 

• Ref. 788/11 

• Ref. 788/21 

• Ref. 4340/11 

• Ref. 4520/10 


Ref. 788/21 Ref. 788/52 

~12 (R1-1) 12~ 

C 

C 

CA 

CA 

0~ 

0~ 

6 

6 

2-7 2 

S1 

S1 

S2 

S2 

S3 

S3 

S4 

S4 

S5 

S5 

S6 S6 

Ref. 788/11 Ref. 788/52 

~12 - R1 - 1 12~ 

2 - 7 

2 

~0 

0~ 

CA 

CA 

C 

C 

6 

6 

S1 

S1 

S2 - S3 S3 

Ref. 4340/11 Ref. 788/52 

~12 

12~ 

~0 

0~ 

CA 

CA 

6 

6 

S1 

S1 

S3 S3 

Ref. 4520/10 Ref. 788/52 

R1 

15 


7 

2 

1 

S1 

2 

2 

15 

S1 

S2 S3 

sec.1f−−−− 15 




REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 9332/1, Ref. 4330/31 and Ref. 788/1 WITH Ref. 788/1 

REPLACING SUPPLEMENTARY VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073/5A 


REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 9332/1, Ref. 4330/31 AND Ref. 788/1 WITH Ref. 788/1 

The Ref. 788/51 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/1 model. 


Ref. 4330/31 Ref. 9332/1 Ref. 788/1 Ref. 788/51 

2P 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2S 

4P 

4 

4S 

AP/P 

AP 

AP/S 

3P 

3 

3S 

. 

. 

. 

PUL/P 

PUL/P 

♦ A 

B 

Note : Terminals C1, C2, ~12 of relay Ref. 788/51 must be connected together by jumpers and connected to ~12. 

Note ∗: Terminal not present in Ref. 9332/1 and Ref. 788/51. Add power wire ~0. 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

SN1 

SN2 

♦ SN 

∗ 

REPLACING SUPPLEMENTARY VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073/5A WITH 

Ref. 789/2 


3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

SN1 

SN2 

C1 

C2 

~12 

~0 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

SN1 

SN2 

C1 

C2 

~12 

~0 



Ref. 7073/5 Ref. 789/2 

0 

0 

POWER 


~230 

~230 

R2 in 

R2 in 

R2 out R2 out 

OUTPUTS 

RL 

RL 

R1 

R1 

V2 

V2

REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/5 AND Ref. 788/5 WITH Ref. 788/52 

REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9330 (II SERIES) AND Ref. 788/30 WITH Ref. 788/52 


The Ref. 788/52 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/5 and 788/5 model. 


RELAY 

CONTACTS 


The Ref. 788/52 relay box can replace the obsolete 9330 II series model (which is not provided with a 150 ohm resistor in series with terminal 

12) and 788/30 model. 


RELAY 

CONTACTS 


Ref. 9332/5 Ref. 788/5 

14 

14 

15 

15 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

6 

Ref. 9330 (II series) Ref. 788/30 

14 

14 

15 

15 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10 

11 

11 

12 

12 

Ref. 788/52 

14 

15 

S1 

S2 

S3 

S4 

S5 

S6 

Ref. 788/52 

14 

15 

S1 

S2 

S3 

S4 

S5 

S6 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

sec.1f−−−− 17 





REPLACING 12VAC TRANSFORMER Ref. 9000/20 WITH Ref. 9000/230 


The Ref. 788/58 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/8 and 788/8 model. 


Note : Terminals C1, C2, ~12 of relay Ref. 788/58 must be connected together by jumpers and connected to ~12. 

REPLACING 12VAC TRANSFORMER Ref. 9000/20 WITH Ref. 9000/230 

The 9000/230 transformer can replace the obsolete 9000/20 model. 



POWER 

OUTPUTS 

Ref. 9332/8 Ref. 788/8 

1 

1 

2 

- 

AP 

1 I 

2 I 

- I 

AP I 

1 II 

2 II 

- II 

AP II 

1 III 

2 III 

- III 

AP III 

1 IV 

- IV 

2 IV 

AP IV 

SN1 

SN2 

SN3 

SN4 

A 

B ♦ 

2 

- 

AP 

1 I 

2 I 

- I 

2 II 

1 II 

AP I 

- II 

1 III 

AP II 

2 III 

- III 

AP III 

1 IV 

2 IV 

- IIV 

AP IV 

SN1 

SN2 

SN3 

SN4 

~0 

~12 

C1 

C2 

Ref. 788/58 

1 


2 

- 

AP 

1 I 

2 I 

- I 

2 II 

1 II 

AP I 

- II 

1 III 

AP II 

2 III 

- III 

AP III 

1 IV 

2 IV 

- IIV 

AP IV 

SN1 

SN2 

SN3 

SN4 

~0 

~12 

C1 

C2 

Ref. 9000/20 Ref. 9000/230 

~0 

0 


~220 

~230 


~0 

~0 

~12 

~12 

Ref. 9000/110 (∗) 

0 

~110 

Not available 

Not available 

~0 

~12



REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 788/4 WITH Ref. 788/54 

The Ref. 788/54 relay box can replace the obsolete 788/4 model. 


POWER 

COLUMN 

INPUT 

(A, B, C, D) 

POWER 


Ref. 788/4 Ref. 788/54 

GND GND 

IN H IN H 

~B ~B 

~A ~A 

+TC +TC 

R2 R2 

R1 R1 

9 9 

6 6 

R2 R2 

R1 R1 

V5 V5 

V3 V3 

2 2 

1 1 

+6 +6 

-6 -6 

+TC +TC 

R1 R1 

V5 V5 

V3 V3 

2 2 

1 1 

SE SE 

~0 ~0 

~12 ~12 

C1 C1 

SN1 SN1 

C2 C2 

SN2 SN2 

C3 C3 

SN3 SN3 

C4 C4 

SN4 SN4 

~12 ~12 

~0 ~0 

+6 +6 

-6 -6 

AP AP 

SE SE 

sec.1f−−−− 19 




REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL 

IN TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS 

REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL IN TRADITIONAL 

CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS 

RANGER VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

WINFLAT+ BRACKET Ref. 1202/590 FOR ADAPTING COAX VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS 

Ranger video door phones Ref. 1201/1 (and respective brackets Ref. 1201/90) can be replaced in traditional call video door phone systems with 

Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 and specifi c bracket Ref. 1202/590. 

The terminals on Ref. 1202/590 brackets have the same numbers as the Ref. 1201/90 brackets to replace simply by connecting the wires in the 

same way. 

Note that the replacement is only possible in systems fi tting Ranger basic model Ref. 1201/1 with bracket Ref. 1201/90. It is not possible in 

systems with switchboard, special systems and intercom systems because bracket Ref. 1202/590 is not suitable for replacing special brackets 

Ref. 1201/91, Ref. 1201/761, Ref. 1201/711, Ref. 1201/731 and Ref. 1201/751. 

WINFLAT+ BRACKET Ref. 1202/591 FOR ADAPTING VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS WITHOUT COAXIAL CABLE 

Ranger video door phones Ref. 955/5 with brackets Ref. 955/74 can be replaced in 5-wire systems with Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 

using adapter bracket Ref. 1202/591. 

Replacement is only possible in basic systems. 

EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL AND VIDOFONO VIDEO DOOR PHONES 

SENTRY VIDEO DOOR PHONE WITH BRACKET Ref. 1704/20A FOR ADAPTING EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL AND VIDOFONO 


EXPLORER, VEDETTE and SENTINEL video door phones can be replaced with SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A video door phones in traditional call 

video door phone systems. 

SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A is a video door phone with a 4.5” kinescope screen arranged on the longest side in the horizontal direction. 

The SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A bracket terminals have the same numbers as the EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL and VIDOFONO terminal 

boards to simply connect the wires in the same way. 

This video door phone can be fi tted only in traditional basic systems (with 12Vac call). It is not suitable for use in switchboard or intercom systems 

because the bracket is not suitable to replace all versions. 

SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A is complete with bracket and white. The monitor is a refl ex version; brightness and contrast can be adjusted by means 

of the controls. The call signal is sent to the buzzer fi tted on the bracket. The door lock can be released by pressing the “ ” button. The two 

service buttons “ ” and “ ” can be used to operate accessory circuits. 

SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A video door phones are used to view the picture from a camera arranged to frame a fi eld with the longest side arranged 

vertically. This arrangement causes a 25 to 30% reduction of the framed fi eld with respect to EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL and VIDOFONO 

video door phones. 


Sentry+ 

Sentry+ 

Vedette,Vidofono 

Sentinel,Explorer 

− (C3) − [1] 

− (C2) − [2] 

− (C5) − [6] 

− (C9) − [10] 

− (C1) − [7] 

− (C4) − [9] 

− (C7) − [X1] 

− (C10) − [X2] 

− (C6) − [Y1] 

− (C8) − [Y2] 

RISING COLUMN 

Ref.1704/20 

Explorer Sentinel Scout 

Vedette Vidofono 

Sentry+ video door phone is provided with an additional speaker to considerably increase volume of the call. 

Connecting the wires to the system is fast via terminal boards on the bracket to which the video door phone is then fi tted. 


The device is provided with the following controls: 

• One door opening button ( ). 

• Two service buttons ( and ) which can be used, for example, to switch on the staircase lights, open an additional lock or to implement 

automatic switch-on function. 

• Two potentiometers for adjusting picture brightness ( ) and contrast ( ). 

• One switch for three-position call tone volume adjustment ( ) (minimum, medium and maximum volume). 

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Power voltage: 16 ÷ 18.5Vdc 

Intake: Working: max. 0.65A 

Stand-by: 0A 

Power: Working: max. 12W 

CCIR version: Vertical frequency 50Hz ± 2Hz 

Horizontal frequency: 15625 ± 400Hz 

EIA version: Vertical frequency 60Hz ± 2Hz 

Horizontal frequency: 15734 ± 400Hz 

Video signal: 1Vpp 75Ω nominal 

1Vpp. -6 dB minimum 

Kinescope: 4.5” 90° neck 20mm 

Switch-on delay: 7” max 

X-rays: none 

Operating temperature range: -5°÷ + 50°C 

Humidity: max. 90% RH 

TERMINAL BOARD 

REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL 

IN TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS 

1 Speaker signal 

CA Call signal 

2 Microphone signal 

6 } Power ground 

10 

9 Door opener control 

X1 } Service button terminals 

X2 

Y1 } Service button terminals 

Y2 

R3 Silent video on 

R1 Video power negative 

R2 Video power positive 

RT Secondary monitor power positive 

V4 

Composite video signal for second monitor in-out connection 

(connect a 75Ω resistor between V4 and V5 if not present) 

V5 Video signal earth 

V3 Composite video signal 

INSTALLATION 

Arrange the duct so that it ends in correspondence with the input hole 

on the bracket and proceed as follows: 

1) Fasten the bracket to the wall at the height from the fl oor shown by 

means of the four screws. 

2) Connect the wires to the specifi c terminals. 

3) Extract the retainer hook A by inserting the tip of a screwdriver and 

pulling the hook downwards. 

4) Check that switch on back of video door phone is in the A 

position. 

5) Fasten the monitor to the bracket. 

6) Fasten the monitor by pushing the retainer hook A upwards. 


230 mm 

A 

B 

200 mm 

Service button 

Service button 

Door opener button 

Call volume 

Contrast adjustment 

Brightness adjustment 

A 

99 mm 

Bracket 

1,55 m 

sec.1f−−−− 21 




REPLACEMENT OF SENTRY VIDEO DOOR 

PHONES WITH ARTICO 

Using the bracket without circuit for the Artico video door phone 

Réf. 1705/100 it is possible to replace the Sentry video door phones in 

any type of system. Proceed as follows: 

1. Remove the Sentry video door phone from the bracket. 

2. Disconnect all conductors from the Sentry bracket terminals. 

3. Loosen the 4 fastening screws from the wall bracket 

4. Remove the printed circuit from the Sentry bracket by loosening 

the 2 fastening screws (A). 

5. Fit the printed circuit on the Artico bracket Ref. 1705/100 using the 

2 screws provided (screws B) 

6. Fasten the Artico bracket to the wall using the 4 screws fastening 

the Sentry bracket 

B 

7. Reconnect the wires to the specifi c terminals. 

8. Insert the Artico video door phone on the bracket fastening it with 

the hook A. 

A 

A 

Ref. 1705/1 

REPLACEMENT OF SENTRY VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH ARTICO 

Sentry bracket 

Bracket Ref. 1705/100 

SENTRY+ BRACKET REPLACEMENT 

Bracket 

Ref. 1705/100 

SENTRY+ BRACKET REPLACEMENT 

Procure a plastic support Ref.1704/102 and the Artico bracket 

corresponding to the system in use in the installation to replace a faulty 

Sentry+ video door phone bracket: 

• Coax Ref. 1705/90 

• 5 wires Ref. 1705/955 

Then proceed as follows: 

• Remove the printed circuit from the Artico bracket. 

Artico bracket 

• Fasten the printed circuit on the plastic support Ref. 1704/102. 

Plastic support 

Ref. 1704/102 

• Remove the Sentry video door phone from the bracket. 

• Disconnect all conductors from the Sentry bracket terminals. 

• Loosen the 4 fastening screws from the wall bracket. 

• Fasten the plastic support on the printed circuit to the wall. 

• Reconnect the wires to the specifi c terminals. 

• Fit the video door phone on the bracket. 





The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the obsolete 786/1 model. 

POWER 

OUTPUTS 


The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the obsolete 786/14 model. 


POWER 

OUTPUTS 



MAINS~ 

MAINS~ 


0 

~230 

+6 

-6 

-J 

~0 

~12 

~18 

PS 

Ref. 786/1 Ref. 786/11 

0 

~230 

+6 

-6 

-J 

~0 

~12 

PS 

Ref. 786/1 Ref. 786/11 

0 

~230 


~0 

~12 

~ 

~ 

-J 

-6 

+6 

+6 

-6 

-J 

~0 

~12 

(#) 

PS 

0 

~230 

+6 

-6 

-J 

~0 

~12 

PS 

18Vca 

Ref. 786/12 (*) 

0 

Not available 

~110 

+6 

-6 

-J 

~0 

~12 

(#) 

PS 

sec.1f−−−− 23 




REPLACING SCAITEL VIDE DOOR PHONE 

BLACK/WHITE Video door phone 

REPLACING SCAITEL VIDE DOOR PHONE 

Mod.Atlantico (A) 

Ref.1702/1 

Mod.Artico (A) 

Ref.1705/1 

Mod.Scaitel (B) 

Ref.1732/1 

Ref.1132/1 

Ref.1132/55 

Bracket Ref.1202/90 Ref.1705/90 Ref.1732/91 

COLOUR Video door phone Ref.1702/40 

-- 

Ref.1732/41 

Ref.1132/1 

Ref.1132/55 

Bracket Ref.1202/90 

-- 

Ref.1732/91 

SCAITEL 

VIDEO DOOR PHONE 

VIDEO MODULE DOOR PHONE 



SECTION 2 

(REV.A) 

EASIVOICE 

SYSTEM 




EASIVOICE 

sec.2 −−−− 1 


EASIVOICE SYSTEM

DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 2 

EASIVOICE 

EASIVOICE SYSTEM 

ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926 

2 −−−− sec.2 

SECTION 2 CONTENTS 



SYSTEM FEATURES.............................................................................................................................................................................2 ................3 

EQUIPMENT ..........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................3 

INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES...............................................................................................................................................2 ................3 

Installation ..........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................3 

PUSH BUTTON PANEL AND AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT......................................................................................................2 ................8 

POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/2 .................................................................................................................................................................2 ................4 

Features .............................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 

Technical data ....................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 

FUNCTIONS...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 

Single call ...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 

Redial reservation...............................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 

Clearing the line..................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 

Conference call...................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 

Follow-me ...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 

General calls (only from authorized intercom door phone).................................................................................................................2 ................6 

Answering a call from the outdoor station...........................................................................................................................................2 ................6 

PROGRAMMING....................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 

INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 

Wires laying ........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 

Wire section........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................7 

Connection to the general call unit .....................................................................................................................................................2 ................7 

Connection to the call station .............................................................................................................................................................2 ................7 

Installations with one call key .............................................................................................................................................................2 ................7 

Installations with two or more call keys...............................................................................................................................................2 ................7 


INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 25 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES 

Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers......................................................................... SC101-0313E ................2 ................8 


Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers......................................................................... SC101-0315E ................2 ............. 10 


With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station 

All the intercom house phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station ..............................................SC101-0316G ................2 ............. 12 


With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two groups of 8. 

The outdoor station is equipped with two keys: 

with one of them it calls in parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II..........SC101-0361G ................2 ............. 14 


With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately from theoutdoor station. 

Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers ................................................................................ SC101-0382F ................2 ............. 16 



Electronic intercom Mod. 926 can be installed in any building for 

a simple and effi cient phonic communication system capable of 

supporting several communications simultaneously. 

Up to 97 intercom door phone can be interconnected. There is no 

centralized device to manage the system since each intercom contains 

the necessary electronics for handling a dialogue with the rest of the 

installation. 

There can be up to four independent communications simultaneously. 

A general call can be made through an independent fi fth phonic 

channel. 

Programming is very easy and does not require having to open the 

intercom door phone. 

There are two versions of the intercom door phone which can be easily 

distinguished one from the other by the presence or absence of the 

door-opener key: 

• Intercom model Ref. 926/1 

• Intercom model that can be connected to 

a loudspeaking unit Ref. 926/2 

There are two versions: 

• Connection to 97 intercoms max. only with intercom service. 

• Connection to 25 intercoms max. with intercom service and with 

possibility of answer to outdoor station. 

SYSTEM FEATURES 

The following is a summary of system features: 

• Connection of a maximum of 97 intercom door phones. 

• Very easy programming of the door phone codes that can be made 

directly from outside (of the same door phone). 

• 4 simultaneous and independent conversations. 

• Possibility of conference among 4 door phones max. 

• Possibility of busy line insertion. 

• Clearing the line (only from an activated door phone). 

• Possibility to oblige the user to answer. 

• Possibility to route the call to another door phone (follow-me). 

This function - if necessary - can be modifi ed for realizing 

automatically the “secretary function”. 

• “Secretary” function, that is the possibility to transfer the incoming 

calls from an intercom “x” to a “y” one. Anyway “y” can call “x” and 

the last one can make outgoing calls. 

• Paging function carried out by means of a 5th independent and 

dedicated line, connected to a loudspeaker by means of an amplifi er 

(only from activated intercom/s). 

• Possibility of connection to an amplifi er able to manage sound and 

message diffusion with “disk-jockey” function (automatic lowering of 

the sound diffusion volume during the sounding message). 

• Possibility to receive door phone calls from a call station appropriately 

connected (only for Mod. 926/2). 

In case the intercom is already engaged in conversation with another 

indoor set, the possible call from the outdoor station is signaled both 

visually and acoustically. 

• Automatic lowering of the sound intensity of the beep on the 

loudspeaker when the handset is unhooked and the hook is pressed 

with a fi nger. 

The system utilizes a single phonic ground conductor, therefore 

it cannot guarantee absolute secrecy of conversation, i.e. during 

the course of a conversation, it may be possible to hear another 

conversation in course on another line (crosstalk effect) at a 

distance. It will be necessary to adopt appropriate measures to 

minimize this problem. 



SYSTEM FEATURES - EQUIPMENT - INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES 

EQUIPMENT 

EASIVOICE 

The device forming part of the system are as follows: 

• Intercom door phone Ref. 926/1 

• Intercom door phone and with connection 

to loudspeaking unit Ref. 926/2 

• Table kit Ref. 926/4 

• Power supply for electronic Intercom Ref. 926/3 

INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES 

The intercom door phone can either be installed on a wall or on a 

table. 

Adaptation kit Ref. 926/4, consisting of an inclined stand to facilitate 

the use of the intercom itself, is available for table installations. 

INSTALLATION 

WALL SET 

about 1,5m 

The intercom should be mounted about 1,5m from the fl oor. 

To remove the intercom casing from the base, lift up with a screwdriver 

in the area indicated. 

Lift off the casing. 

Use the screw anchors and screws furnished with the intercom to 

fasten the base to the wall. 

sec.2 −−−− 3 

Mod. 926 

EASIVOICE SYSTEM ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM

Mod. 926 

EASIVOICE SYSTEM ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM 

EASIVOICE 

TABLE SET 

4 −−−− sec.2 


PUSH BUTTON PANEL AND AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT - POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/3 

For table mounting it is necessary to buy the table kit that includes 

stand, cord with socket and accessories Ref. 926/4. 

Proceed as follows: 

• Remove the intercom casing by means of a screwdriver in the area 

indicated, rotating the cover on the two upper hooks. 

• Release the two side latches E by pressing them from the inside of 

zone F. 

• Fix the plate under the base by means of the proper screws. 

• Insert under the base, in the proper holes, the two self adhesive 

rubbers (included in the socket kit). 

• Insert the cord with socket and fi x it to the hook. Then connect the 

system wires to the correspondent terminals of the terminal board. 

The connection cable wires to the door phone socket wire are very 

specifi c for table installations. They must be connected to the intercom 

terminals as follows: 

MI Black D Yellow 

+12 Red MF Gray 

L1 Green L2 Blue 

L3 Pink L4 Brown 

L5 White 

Connection for the loudspeaking unit (Ref. 926/2 only): 

CA Yellow-Gray 2 Pink-Black 

1 Yellow-Black -/~ Black-Gray 

AP Yellow-Pink 

Black 

Yellow 

Red 

Gray 

Green 

Blue 

Pink 

Brown 

White 

PUSH BUTTON PANEL AND AMPLIFIED 


The devices normally used in 4+n wire door phone systems can be 

employed. 

POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/3 

75 mm 

90 mm 

118 mm 

Sch. 926/3 

Yellow - Gray 

Pink - Black 

Yellow - Black 

Black - Gray 

Yellow - Pink 

45 mm 

162 mm 

This power supply has been designed according to the IEC 12/13 

5th Ed. Dec. 1988 International Security Regulations - and is built 

following the present market requirements, the tendency of which is to 

centralize the electric equipment in proper cabinets. 


FEATURES 

The power supply 926/3 is set for a medium system of 25 intercoms 

(926/1). In case of systems with more intercoms, connect more power 

supplies in parallel, up to 4 max. In this case follow carefully the 

system schemes. 

TECHNICAL DATA 

• Electrical characteristics 

Transformer power: 38 VA 

Powering: 110/230 ~ 

Secondary voltages: 

11.5V 0.6 A 

24V 40 mA max. 

24V 10 mA max. 

• Powering 11.5 V section: 

It supplies powering to the intercoms and max. current of 600 mA; 

• Phonic line powering section: 

It includes 5 identic circuits. Each circuit supplies a constant current 

of about 30 mA with max. voltage of 24 V; 

• Data output: 

It supplies a voltage of 24 V with a resistance series 2.2 K Ω per data 

wire. 

• Amplifi er output: 

On this output the signal coming from the 5th phonic line is injected 

and it is uncoupled by means of condenser. The output circuit 

includes two schottky diodes with a 150 Ω resistance in parallel. 

• Operating temperature: 0° C ÷ 40°C 

• Dimensions: 

Length: 162 mm 

Thickness: 75 mm 

Width (with side protections): 108 mm 

Width (without side protections): 90 mm 

Weight: 0.950 Kg 

Connections: by means of terminals with clamping screw 

FUNCTIONS 

All functions can be activated through the 12-key alphanumeric keypad 

located on the base of the intercom: 

The key located on the upper right of Mod. 926/2 is used for opening 

the door. Other functions (clearing a line, general call) can only be 

performed from authorized (enabled) intercoms. The activation of 

these functions can only be done during the programming phase. 

Please consult the chapter on programming for further information. 

SINGLE CALL 

NOTE: 

R = Redial 

F = Follow-me 



1 2 3 

4 5 

Caller 

To talk to another intercom station: 

• Lift the handset. 

• Dial the TWO DIGIT number of the other-party. 

• Listen for the tone and observe the led: 

• Ringing tone: wait for the called party to answer. 

• Busy tone and led off: the number called is engaged → try again 

later or activate the automatic redial function or the clear the line 

function (if authorized). 

• Busy tone and led on: the 4 telephone lines are engaged → try 

again later. 

Called Party 

When the phone rings, lift up the handset and begin the conversation. 

At the end of the conversation, if the called party hangs up the handset 

6 

7 8 9 

R 0 F 

FUNCTIONS 

EASIVOICE 

the intercom is disconnected from the line and it will communicate, on 

the data line, the end of the conversation to the caller who, in his turn, 

will disconnect his intercom physically and logically from the line. The 

handset will be mute until the hanging up. 

On the contrary, If the caller hangs up the handset, he will free the line, 

physically and logically, and he will communicate to the called party 

the end of conversation. This last one, in his turn, will disconnect the 

intercom physically. 

A conversation cannot last longer than 10 minutes in order to allow 

other users access to the phone lines. Once this time has lapsed, 

an acoustic “end-of-conversation warning” signal will be sent to both 

intercom door phones. 

The communication will be disconnected 10 seconds after the warning 

signal. 

REDIAL RESERVATION 

Caller 

If the number called is engaged, an automatic redial reservation can 

be activated by pressing the “R” key before hanging up. Then listen for 

the tone: 

• No tone: automatic redial reservation was accepted → hang up. 

• Persistent busy tone: automatic redial reservation was not accepted 

because the number called already has an automatic redial reserved 

onto its line from another intercom → hang up and try again later. 

When the intercom door phone that was reserved to becomes free, 

the caller who initiated the reservation will automatically receive a 

call-back. 

Attention: there will be situations in which the call-back will not take 

place. These situations will be described in the “Called Party” section 

below. 

Called Party 

During the course of a normal conversation, any reservations to the 

line will be indicated by a blinking led on the intercom. The user who is 

the subject of a reservation has two courses of action: 

• He can decide “a priori” to eliminate the reservation by pressing the 

“R” key either during the course of the conversation or immediately 

after hanging up (within 5 seconds). 

• He can decide to talk to whoever had reserved by hanging up and 

waiting for the system to automatically set up the communication 

and then for his intercom to ring. 

If all of the phonic lines are not engaged, this will take place 

within 5 seconds after hanging up. If, however, all the lines are 

engaged, the system will attempt to establish the communication 

every 15 seconds, up to maximum of 10 trials. The reservation will 

be canceled if the tenth attempt was also unsuccessful. 

CLEARING THE LINE 

Caller (only from authorized intercom door phones) 

Lift the handset and dial the number of the called party. If this party is 

on the line (busy tone is heard and led is off), the line can be “cleared” 

i.e. the conversation in course can be disconnected. To do so, simply 

dial the special “00” number. 

Conversation will be established with the cleared intercom door phone 

within 20 seconds. 

Called Party 

A clearing request during the course of a normal conversation will be 

identifi ed both acoustically and visually (blinking led). 

At this point, the called party will have 20 seconds in which to terminate 

the conversation in course. 

There are two possible courses of action: 

• Hang up within 20 seconds. The intercom will ring and when the 

handset is lifted, communication will be established with the caller 

who had initiated the “clearing”. 

• If the called party does not hang up within 20 seconds, he will be 

disconnected from his current conversation and connected with the 

caller who had requested the “clearing”. 

The line clearing function WILL HAVE NO EFFECT on another 

intercom which is also authorized to clear lines or if the intercom is in 

communication with the outdoor station. 

sec.2 −−−− 5 

Mod. 926 


Mod. 926 

EASIVOICE SYSTEM ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM 

EASIVOICE 

CONFERENCE CALL 

The conference function can connect up to four different users in one 

phonic communication. Only the intercom which made the fi rst call 

can call other intercom in the course of a conversation. In order to 

include another intercom in the conversation, simply dial the extension 

number. One of the following situations will occur: 

• The intercom door phone called is free: when the handset is lifted, 

the called party will be included in the conversation in course. 

• The intercom door phone is free: if the handset is not lifted within 30 

seconds, the call will not go through. 

• The intercom door phone called is engaged: there will be a busy 

tone of a short duration. 

FOLLOW-ME 

This function allows incoming calls to be routed to another intercom. 

Up to a maximum of eight other intercoms can be routed to one 

intercom. Several consecutive reroutings of calls from one intercom 

can be made to several different intercoms. 

How to forward calls from one intercom door phone to another 

• Go to the other intercom door phone. 

• Lift the handset of the other intercom. 

• Press the dedicated “F” key and dial the number of your intercom 

door phone. 

• Listen for the tone on the handset; one of the following two situations 

will take place: 

• Dial tone: the operation was successful → hang up. 

• Busy tone: calls cannot be routed because calls to 8 other 

intercoms have already been forwarded to that intercom → hang 

up. 

How to reset your intercom door phone 

• Return to your intercom. 


• Press the dedicated “F” key and dial your own number. 

• Hang up. 

Secretary function 

This function permits the user to route his own incoming calls to 

another intercom (i.e. the secretary one). All his own incoming calls 

are routed to the secretary intercom EXCEPT the call that arrives 

from the same secretary. In this way the secretary can, if needed, 

“announce” the calls; anyway it cannot “transfer” the call. The routed 

set can always make outgoing calls (and then it can call again the 

person “announced” by the secretary). This function can be carried 

out by modifying the “follow me” as regard to the last paragraph (the 

crossed one). 

GENERAL CALLS (only from authorized intercom 

door phone) 

A general call can be made through a loudspeaker connected to a 

suitable amplifi er. 

The general call can take place at the same time as four other 

conversations, without interfering with them. General call can only be 

made from intercoms which were explicitly defi ned for making such 

calls during the programming phase. 

To make a general call: 


• Dial the special “99” number. 

• Wait for the “ding-dong” to be generated. 

• Make the announcement. 

• Redial the special “99” number. 

• Hang up. 

ANSWERING A CALL FROM THE OUTDOOR 

STATION 

This feature is only available on Ref. 926/2 intercom door phone. 

A call from the outdoor station produces a different acoustic signal 

from the normal one and can be easily recognized. Lift the handset to 

establish communication; the open-door key can be used to operate 

the electric lock at any point. 

6 −−−− sec.2 


PROGRAMMING - INSTALLATION 

When a user, engaged in conversation with the outdoor station, 

receives a call from the inside, he visualize the call on the led without 

the possibility to be interrupted (not even with the clearing the line 

function). 

Vice versa, when a user, engaged in conversation with another internal 

user, receives a call from an outdoor station, he will see the blinking 

led up to the call key is pressed and he will hear an acoustic signal that 

indicates the call with more emphasis. 

PROGRAMMING 

All the intercom door phones are produced and tested by URMET 

DOMUS. They are all programmed with the following values during the 

testing phase: 

• Number: 98 

• General call function disabled: 0 

• Line clearing disabled: 0 

The devices must all be programmed with two digits, e.g. from 01 to 

09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or with any other number from 01 to 

97. 

These values can be changed at any time through the keypad by 

following the procedure described below: 

• Simultaneously press the “R” and the “F” keys for two seconds. If 

one or two “beeps” are heard while the keys are pressed, it means 

that the two keys were not pressed simultaneously → repeat the 

operation. 

• When the led is lit and a brief acoustic tone is heard, release the two 

keys. 

• Enter the number to be assigned to the intercom. 

• The led will go off for a short interval and then go on again, 

coinciding with a brief acoustic tone. 

• Set authorization (1) or disable (0) for the general call function. 

• The led will go off for a short interval and then go on again, 

coinciding with a brief acoustic tone. 

• Set authorization (1) or disable (0) for the line clearing function. 

• The led goes off defi nitively, coinciding with a brief acoustic tone. 

If the procedure described above is not completed within 30 seconds, 

the intercom will return to normal operating conditions, without storing 

the setting that were entered. 

INSTALLATION 

WIRES LAYING 

All system intercom door phones must be interconnected in parallel 

using 9 wires (or 8 if the general call installation is not provided for). 

These wires have the following functions: 

• 1 for the power supply voltage + 12 

• 1 for the logical ground ML 

• 1 for the data line D 

• 4 for the 4 phonic lines L1, L2, L3, L4 

• 1 for the general call phonic line (this wire can be 

omitted on installations where this feature is not required) L5 

• 1 for the phonic ground MF 

In addition, installations connected to a Call Station must be considered 

4+N additional wires, which increase the number of wires to the 

installation to 13+N (where N depends on the number of call keys used 

– usually 1 or 2). 

These 4+N wires are used as follows: 

• 3 for the talk volume (F1, F2 and ground). 

• 1 for the door-opener. 

• N for the call. 

If the GENERAL call amplifi er is not used do not connect the wire L5. 

The maximum distance between the power supply and the furthest 

intercom must be less than 200 meters. 

The maximum distance between two intercom door phones to ensure 

a relatively low cross-talk effect is 200 meters. The cross-talk effect 

increases progressively with an increase in distance. 

It is therefore advisable to avoid unnecessary connections distances. 


WIRE SECTION 

The section of the wires to be used depends on the distance between 

the two intercoms furthest from the installation. 

Note carefully the following table: 

Max distance (meters) 50 100 200 

Section (mm2 ) 0,50 0,80 1 

R (Ohm/Km) 35 21,8 17,5 

Should it be necessary to have larger installations, it would be possible 

to resort to a solution in which more branches lead off from one point, 

as illustrated in the fi gure below. In this case, the cross-talk effect 

would remain unchanged within each individual branch ( the maximum 

distance between any two intercoms must therefore be less than 200 

meters). However, intercoms on different branches would not have any 

effect on each other. This type of solution can also be used on normal 

installations, i.e. for short distances, to further reduce the cross-talk 

effect. 

CONNECTION TO THE GENERAL CALL UNIT 

A suitable amplifi er must be connected between the “A+” and the 

“A-” terminals of the power supply in order to equip the installation 

with a general call system. The amplifi er must have a 0,775 mV (or 

dBm) input with an input impedance greater than 50 Ohm and with 

its output power selected in function of the number and power of the 

loudspeakers to be used. 

It is recommended that the amplifi er be placed as close to the power 

supply as possible and be connected to it with a shielded cable. 

CONNECTION TO THE CALL STATION 

Installation can be made with up to two Call Stations with automatic 

switching (through a 788/1 relay box). Each Call Station must consists 

of a Loudspeaking Unit and a certain number of call keys. 

Power to the Call Station must be supplied separately by a dedicated 

power supply (e.g. Ref. 786/1A). Connections to the loudspeaking unit 

must be made through terminal 1A. The electric lock must be activated 

through a Ref. 788/21 repeater relay. The door-opener is always a 

“free door-opener”, i.e. the door can be opened at any time by pressing 

the door opener-key. 

INSTALLATIONS WITH ONE CALL KEY 

A basic installation is one in which several intercoms (type 926/2) are 

connected to a Call Station and can all answer a single call key. In 

this case, when there is a call, all 926/2 intercoms will ring at the same 

time. The fi rst intercom to answer will automatically exclude the other 

intercom, thus ensuring conversation privacy. The maximum number 



INSTALLATION 

EASIVOICE 

of 926/2 intercoms which can be connected in parallel depends, in 

this case, on the total number of intercoms (926/1 + 926/2) in the 

installation. 

The following table summarizes the situation for standard installations 

with just one power supply. 

Total numbers 

Number of 926/2 

which can be connected 

of intercoms to a Call Station 

(926/1 + 926/2) on one call button 

1 1 

2 2 

. . 

. . 

. . 

15 15 

16 16 

17 15 

18 14 

19 14 

20 13 

21 12 

22 12 

23 11 

24 10 

25 10 

Note that when the total number of intercom door phones in the 

installation is less than 16, they can all be type 926/2 and can be 

connected to the Call Station on the one call key. As the total number 

of intercoms in the installation is increased, the number of 926/2 which 

can be connected to a Call Station decreases progressively to 10. 

INSTALLATIONS WITH TWO OR MORE CALL KEYS 

This type of installation is used in small buildings (2/4/8/ apartments) 

where intercommunications and the “Follow-me” feature would be of 

interest. In this case, the cable conduit would be 8 (or 9) + 4 + N wires, 

which would limit possible applications to small user bases. 

Type 926/2 intercoms must be used. They must be grouped in several 

groups (usually 1, 2 or 3 units each), each of which is assigned to a call 

key. When there is a call, all intercoms within the same group will ring 

simultaneously. The fi rst intercom to answer will automatically exclude 

the other intercom door phone in that group, thus ensuring secrecy of 

conversation. 

The table in the previous section remains valid, even though the 

number of 926/2 intercoms that are connected to each call key is 

generally 1 or at maximum, 2 or 3, in this type of installation. 

sec.2 −−−− 7 

Mod. 926 




EASIVOICE 

FEATURES 

8 −−−− sec.2 


Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers 

This system allows an intercom service up to 25 intercom door phones 

maximum and with possibility of 4 simultaneous and independent 

conversations. 

It is possible to make a general call by means of a 5th independent 

phonic channel. 

All the intercom door phones must be programmed with two digits, 

i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number 

between 01 and 97. 

Connect the GENERAL CALL installation only if necessary. It is 

recommended that the amplifi er be placed as close to the power 


The power supply Ref. 926/3 is sized for an average installation of 25 

intercoms. A larger number of intercoms will require additional power 

supplies connected in parallel, each of which will supply power to its 

own group of 25. 

It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the 

center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect. 

25 

24 

02 

01 

9 

9 

9 

9 

9 

2 

EQUIPMENT 

For said installation (Scheme SC101-0313E) the following: 

N. 25 Intercom door phones Ref. 926/1 


N. 1 Amplifi er 

Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS 

N. X Loudspeakers 


WIRES 

As indicated in Scheme SC101-0313E. 

9 wires common to all the intercom door phones coming from the 

power supply are necessary. 

In case the amplifi er is not used for the GENERAL CALL, do not 

connect the wire L5 among the several intercoms. The common wires 

are reduced to 8. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


CY.001 

CY.002 

CY.003 

CY.004 

VX.008 


ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926 

COLLEGAMENTO INTERCOMUNICANTE DI UN MASSIMO DI 




shielded cable 

LINE˜ (VX.008) 

POWER SUPPLY 

LOUDSPEAKER 

AMPLIFIER 

(CY.004) 

(CY.002) 

EASIVOICE 

SC101-0313E 

sec.2 −−−− 9 


EASIVOICE SYSTEM



EASIVOICE 

FEATURES 

10 −−−− sec.2 

COLLEGAMENTO INTERCOMUNICANTE DI UN MASSIMO DI 




maximum and with possibility of 4 simultaneous and independent 

conversations. 

It is possible to make a general call by means of a 5th independent 

phonic channel. 

The intercom door phones must all be programmed with two digits, 



Connect the GENERAL CALL installation only if necessary. It is 

recommended that the amplifi er be placed as close to the power 


The power supply Ref. 926/3 is sized for an average installation of 25 

intercoms. A larger number of intercoms will require additional power 

supplies connected in parallel, each of which will supply power to its 

own group of 25. 

It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the 

center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect. 

50 

26 

25 

01 

7 

2 

2 

7 

7 

2 

2 

7 

2 

2 

2 2 

722 22 

7 

2 

2 

7 

7 

2 

2 

7 

97 

76 

75 

51 

EQUIPMENT 

For said installation (Scheme SC101-0315E) the following: 


N. 4 Power supplies Ref. 926/3 





WIRES 

As indicated in Scheme SC101-0315E. 

7 wires common to all the intercom door phones coming from the 

power supply are necessary. 

Each power supply feeds its group of 25 intercoms with 2 wires 

common to the intercoms of that group. 




DIAGRAM NOTES 


CY.001 

CY.002 

CY.003 

CY.004 

VX.008 


ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926 

IV GROUP OF 22 SETS 

III GROUP OF 25 SETS 

II GROUP OF 25 SETS 

I GROUP OF 25 SETS 




I GROUP II GROUP III GROUP IV GROUP 

LINE~ shielded cable 

POWER SUPPLY 

EASIVOICE 

SC101-0315E 

AMPLIFIER LOUDSPEAKER 

(CY.004) 

(VX.008) 

(CY.002) 

(VX.008) 

(CY.002) 

(VX.008) 

(CY.002) 

(VX.008) 

(CY.002) 

sec.2 −−−− 11 


EASIVOICE SYSTEM



EASIVOICE 

FEATURES 

16 

12 −−−− sec.2 



All the intercom door phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station 


maximum and with possibility to answer to the calls coming from the 

outdoor station. It is possible to make 4 simultaneous conversations 

among the several intercoms plus one with the outdoor station. 

The outdoor station has only one call key. When it is pressed all the 

intercom door phones 926/2 ring simultaneously: the fi rst intercom that 

answers automatically excludes all the other ones, guaranteeing the 

secrecy of conversation. 




Due to absorption problems, no more than 16 intercoms can be called 

in parallel. It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be 

placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk 

effect. 

02 

01 

13 

13 

13 

13 

9 

2 

EQUIPMENT 

For said installation (Scheme SC 101-0316G) the following: 



N. 1 Power supply 

for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11 

28VA Ref. 786/1 

28VA Ref. 786/14 

38VA Ref. 786/38 

N. 1 Relay Ref. 788/21 


Mod. Sinthesi 



Mod. K-Steel 


Mod. 725 

N. 1 Panels with 1 button Ref. 725/101 



N. 1 Panels with 1 button Ref. 1110/1 


NOTE: for correct installation of panels refer to “Door phone and 

Video door phone Product Technical Manual”. 

WIRES 

As indicated in Scheme SC101-0316G. 

13 wires common to all the intercom door phones are necessary, 8 of 

which coming from the power supply Ref. 926/3 and 5 from the push 

button panel, power supply and relay. 

The electric lock will be released through the relay box Ref. 788/52. 

DIAGRAM NOTES 


CY.001 

CY.002 

CY.003 

VX.008 


ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926 Ref.926/2 

(CY.003) 

L5 

L4 

L5 

L4 



All the intercom door phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station 

L3 

L3 

L2 

L2 

L1 

ML 

+12 

L1 

ML 

+12 

D 

MF 

D 

MF 

CA 

1 

CA 

1 


2 

2 

-/~ 

-/~ 

AP 

AP 

L5 

L4 

L3 

L2 

L1 

ML 

+12 

D 

MF 

-A 

+A 

POWER SUPPLY 

(CY.002) 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

MAINS~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

L 

2 1A 

1 

+ 

- 

MAINS~ 

POWER SUPPLY 

FOR HOUSE 


EASIVOICE 

SC101-0316G 

lock 

release 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

RELAY 

sec.2 −−−− 13 


EASIVOICE SYSTEM



EASIVOICE 

FEATURES 

14 −−−− sec.2 


With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two 

groups of 8. The outdoor station is equipped with two keys: with one of them it calls in 

parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II 





The outdoor station has only two call keys: with one of them it calls in 

parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group 

II. The fi rst intercom that answers automatically exclude all the other 

ones, guaranteeing the secrecy of conversation. 

The intercom door phones must be programmed with two digits, i.e. 

from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number 





effect. 

08 

02 

01 

13 

13 

13 

14 

13 

13 

13 

10 

2 

16 

10 

09 

EQUIPMENT 

For said installation (Scheme SC 101-0361G) the following: 





28VA Ref. 786/1 

28VA Ref. 786/14 

38VA Ref. 786/38 



Mod. Sinthesi 



Mod. K-Steel 


Mod. 725 

N. 1 Panels with 2 buttons Ref. 725/102 







WIRES 

As indicated in Scheme SC101-0361G. 




Moreover from the push button panel two other wires, for calls, start; 

each of them is connected in parallel to the 8 intercoms of the 

correspondent group. 


DIAGRAM NOTES 


CY.001 

CY.002 

CY.003 

VX.008 


ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926-Ref.926/2 

(CY.003) 


With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two 

groups of 8. The outdoor station is equipped with two keys: with one of them it calls in 

parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II 

L5 

L4 

L5 

L4 

L3 

L3 

L2 

L2 

L1 

ML 

+12 

L1 

ML 

+12 

D 

MF 

D 

MF 

CA 

1 

CA 

1 


2 

2 

-/~ 

-/~ 

AP 

AP 

L5 

L4 

L3 

L2 

L1 

ML 

+12 

D 

MF 

-A 

+A 

POWER SUPPLY 

(CY.002) 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

MAINS~ 

Name tag 

lighting 

L 

2 1A 

1 

+ 

- 

MAINS~ 

POWER SUPPLY 



EASIVOICE 

SC101-0361G 

lock 

release 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

CALL REPEATER RELAY 

sec.2 −−−− 15 


EASIVOICE SYSTEM



EASIVOICE 

FEATURES 

16 −−−− sec.2 


With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately 

from theoutdoor station. Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers 





The outdoor station calls the several intercoms separately. 




The GENERAL CALL must be connected only if necessary. It is 

recommended to place the amplifi er as close as possible to the power 

supply and to connect them with a shielded cable. 




effect. 

2 

08 

02 

01 

14 

13+n-7 

14 

13+n-1 

14 

13+n-8 

14 

13+n-9 

13+n-2 13+n-14 

13+n 

14 

14 

14 

9+n 

2 

09 

15 

16 

EQUIPMENT 

For said installation (Scheme SC101-0382F) the following: 





28VA Ref. 786/1 

28VA Ref. 786/14 

38VA Ref. 786/38 







Mod. Sinthesi 




Mod. K-Steel 



Mod. 725 








WIRES 

As indicated in Scheme SC101-0382F. 




Moreover from the push button panel all single call wires start towards 

each intercom. 





DIAGRAM NOTES 


CY.001 

CY.002 

CY.003 

CY.004 

VX.008 


ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926-Ref.926/2 

(CY.003) 

L5 

L4 

L5 

L4 


With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately 

from theoutdoor station. Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers 

L3 

L3 

L2 

L1 

ML 

+12 

D 

MF 

CA 

1 

L2 

L1 

ML 

+12 

D 

MF 

CA 

1 


2 

2 

-/~ 

-/~ 

AP 

AP 

AMPLIFIER 

(CY.004) 

-A 

+A 

LOUDSPEAKER 

POWER SUPPLY 

(CY.002) 

TO THE 

FOLLOWING 

MODULE 

MAINS~ 

(C4.007) 

(C4.008) 

G/T 

~0 

~12 

~12 

~0 

G/T 

U3 

U2 

U1 

U4 

L5 

L4 

L3 

L2 

L1 

ML 

+12 

D 

MF 

U2 

G/T 

U1 

~0 

G/T ~12 

~12 

~0 

L 

2 1A 

1 

+ 

- 

MAINS~ 

EASIVOICE 

SC101-0382F 

lock 

release 

ELECTRIC 

LOCK 

CALL REPEATER RELAY 



sec.2 −−−− 17 


EASIVOICE SYSTEM



EASIVOICE 

18 −−−− sec.2 


Today, you can observe, retrieve information, choose and add all Urmet Domus products to your system estimate with a few simply clicks of a 

mouse on your computer without having to browse, read and understand catalogues and manuals. 

This and more thanks to our “Domus Draw” program which has now become an indispensable working tool for professionals (installers, 

wholesalers, retrofi tters, architects, etc.). 

Domus Draw implements a few, simple commands for: 

• Creating and saving all system estimates either automatically and/or manually. 

• Printing estimates to paper or pdf fi le. 

• Creating system estimates using different user modes. 

• Retrieving information about systems and applications by consulting instruction booklets and technical documents of the various products or 

consulting the wiring diagrams of the system to be created. 

• Watching demo footage with sound for easily understanding how to use the program. 

• Connecting to the Urmet Domus web site to fi nd out about new features and get real-time updates. 

• Searching for cost-effective, ready-to-use kits which can be adapted to your system needs. 

• Saving and printing all your customer data in a specifi c database. 

• Browsing a comprehensive photograph and description database presenting all Urmet Domus products in detail. 

Accessing these functions is very easy: just press the corresponding function button on the program home page: 

“Domus Draw” can be downloaded free of charge from www.urmetdomus.com 

Download 

FREE

DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation - Urmet

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?